[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2021072779A1 - Transmission processing method and apparatus, device, and storage medium - Google Patents

Transmission processing method and apparatus, device, and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021072779A1
WO2021072779A1 PCT/CN2019/112041 CN2019112041W WO2021072779A1 WO 2021072779 A1 WO2021072779 A1 WO 2021072779A1 CN 2019112041 W CN2019112041 W CN 2019112041W WO 2021072779 A1 WO2021072779 A1 WO 2021072779A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
transmission
time domain
overlap
terminal device
mode
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2019/112041
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
余唱
常俊仁
冯淑兰
王君
张向东
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority to CN201980100588.9A priority Critical patent/CN114424483B/en
Priority to PCT/CN2019/112041 priority patent/WO2021072779A1/en
Publication of WO2021072779A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021072779A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path

Definitions

  • This application relates to communication technology, and in particular to a transmission processing method, device, device, and storage medium.
  • a side link (Sidelink, SL) method can be used for communication between a user equipment (User Equipment, UE) and the UE.
  • resource allocation on Sidelink includes two methods: Method 1: Resource allocation by base station scheduling (hereinafter referred to as scheduling mode, namely mode 1). That is, when a connected UE in V2X communication needs to transmit data on Sidelink, the UE needs to first send a Buffer Status Report (BSR) to the base station to report the amount of Sidelink data it needs to transmit so that the base station can allocate according to the amount of data Sidelink resources of appropriate size.
  • BSR Buffer Status Report
  • Mode 2 The UE autonomously selects resources (hereinafter referred to as autonomous mode, namely mode2).
  • the UE can select resources by itself in the resource pool configured or pre-configured by the network device to perform data transmission on the Sidelink.
  • the receiving end (Receive, RX) UE fails to receive or successfully decodes a certain transmission sent by the transmitting end (Transmit, TX) UE (Transport Block, TB) block
  • the RX UE feeds back the NACK to the TX UE.
  • the TX UE After the TX UE receives the NACK, it requests the base station to retransmit the SL resources of the TB block.
  • the request methods include the following two ways: Option 1: TX UE directly Report NACK to the base station. After receiving the NACK, the base station schedules retransmission resources for the TX UE; Option 2: TX UE reports the HARQ process number corresponding to the retransmission SL TB block to the base station. After the base station receives the HARQ process number, it schedules HARQ for the TX UE The SL resources required by the size of the TB corresponding to the process.
  • This application provides a transmission processing method, device, equipment, and storage medium, which are used to solve the current technical solution.
  • the base station cannot know that time domain overlap has occurred, nor can it re-allocate retransmission resources for UL or SL, resulting in UL or SL. The problem of transmission failure.
  • this application provides a transmission processing method applied to a first terminal device, and the method includes:
  • an indication information is sent to the network device, where the transmission in the time domain overlap includes sidelink SL transmission, and the indication information is used to indicate that the time domain overlap occurs and the resource is preempted.
  • the time domain overlap includes the case where different transmissions overlap completely or partially in the time domain.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the transmission type of the preempted resource, which is mainly used to indicate which transmission is the resource preempted when the time domain overlap occurs. Specifically, it can be used to indicate that the UL transmission has preempted the resource, or It is the SL transmission that is preempted of resources, or the DL is preempted of resources, etc.
  • the size of the retransmission resource here is determined according to the size of the preempted resource.
  • the transmission processing solution provided by this solution sends an indication message to the network device after two or more transmissions overlap in the time domain, so that the network device can determine that the terminal device is performing sidelink transmission
  • transmission time domain overlap occurs, that is, transmission conflict, and resources need to be reconfigured, which avoids the problem that network equipment cannot know that time domain overlap has occurred, causing UL or SL transmission to fail.
  • the time domain overlap includes: SL transmission and SL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and uplink UL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and downlink transmission are overlapped in time domain.
  • the transmission processing method can also be applied when UL transmission and UL transmission overlap in time domain.
  • the transmission processing method on the first terminal device side include:
  • the indication information is sent to the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate that the time domain overlap occurs, the transmission type of the preempted resource, and the size of the retransmission resource.
  • the time domain overlap includes the case where different transmissions overlap completely or partially in the time domain.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the transmission type of the preempted resource, which is mainly used to indicate which transmission is preempted when the time domain overlap occurs. Specifically, it can be used to indicate that the UL transmission has preempted the resource.
  • the method before the sending the instruction information to the network device, the method further includes:
  • SL transmission includes any one or more of the following: mode1, mode2, DG, CG;
  • DL transmission or UL transmission includes any one or more of the following: DG, CG, and there is no restriction on this.
  • the sending instruction information to the network includes:
  • the MAC PDU includes: the indication information, or a MAC CE including the indication information;
  • the method before the sending a non-acknowledged NACK message to the network device, the method further includes:
  • the NACK message is triggered to be generated, the NACK message includes a first NACK message and/or a second NACK message, the first NACK message is a message for feeding back SL transmission, and the second NACK message is a message for feeding back UL transmission.
  • the time domain overlap is that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and UL transmission is performed, then the sending instruction information to the network device includes:
  • the MAC PDU carries the indication information, or the MAC PDU is used to indicate the indication information.
  • the first terminal device may not additionally use new information to send the indication information, and may put the indication information in the uplink PDU to be sent originally.
  • the method further includes:
  • the service data is sent to the second terminal device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: a wireless link is detected The path fails RLF, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the Uu link is less than a preset value;
  • the side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device satisfies a preset condition and sends service data to the network device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: the occurrence side is detected
  • the uplink radio link fails RLF, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side uplink is less than the preset value.
  • this scheme is that when there is time domain overlap between SL and UL transmissions, which transmission can be selected according to the link quality, for example, the link quality of the side link is better, and the link of the uplink appears When the link fails, or the link quality is particularly low, you can choose to transmit on the side link; or the link quality of the uplink is better, the link of the side link fails, or the link When the quality is particularly low, you can choose to perform uplink transmission, etc. In this way, you can avoid the problem of overlapping when the link quality is not good due to priority restrictions, causing both transmissions to fail.
  • the method further includes:
  • the service data is sent to the second terminal device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: RLF is detected, The upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the Uu link is less than a preset value;
  • the side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device satisfies a preset condition, and receives service data sent by the network device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: For side-line RLF, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side-line link is less than a preset value.
  • this solution can avoid the time domain overlap of SL and DL transmissions, and can select the transmission with better link quality for execution, avoiding the problem of failure of both transmissions.
  • the method further includes:
  • the working mode of the first terminal device is switched from the scheduling mode to the autonomous mode, or from the scheduling mode to the combined mode of the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first side link corresponding to the first SL transmission satisfies the preset condition, then the second SL transmission is performed; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: a side RLF is detected, and the upper layer/physical layer indicates RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the first side uplink is less than a preset value.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device Receiving first configuration information sent by the network device, where the first configuration information includes a retransmission resource configured by the network device for a transmission that has preempted resources;
  • the network device may configure retransmission resources for the transmission of the preempted resource, so that the first terminal device can complete the transmission of the untransmitted data.
  • the time domain overlap is the overlap of SL transmission and UL transmission in the time domain
  • the first configuration information is also used to instruct the working mode of the first terminal device to switch from autonomous mode to scheduling mode, or from The autonomous mode is switched to a combined mode of autonomous mode and dispatch mode.
  • the time domain overlap SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain further includes:
  • the network device can be configured to switch the working mode of the first terminal device to increase the network device's scheduling of terminal device resources.
  • the first configuration message can be used to indicate, or another configuration message can be sent to indicate .
  • this application provides a transmission processing method applied to a network device, and the method includes:
  • Receive indication information sent by the first terminal device where the indication information is used to indicate one or more of the time domain overlap, the transmission type of the preempted resource, and the size of the retransmission resource when the first terminal device performs data transmission ;
  • the network device may configure retransmission resources for the transmission of the preempted resource, so that the first terminal device completes the transmission of the untransmitted data.
  • the time domain overlap includes: SL transmission and SL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and uplink UL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and downlink transmission are overlapped in time domain.
  • the transmission processing method can also be applied when UL transmission and UL transmission overlap in time domain.
  • the transmission processing method on the network device side includes :
  • Receive indication information sent by the first terminal device where the indication information is used to indicate one or more of the time domain overlap, the transmission type of the preempted resource, and the size of the retransmission resource when the first terminal device performs data transmission ;
  • the receiving the instruction information sent by the first terminal device includes:
  • the MAC PDU includes: the indication information, or a MAC CE including the indication information
  • the NACK message includes a first NACK message and/or a second NACK message, and the first NACK message is The message transmitted by the SL is fed back, and the second NACK message is a message transmitted by the UL feedback.
  • the time domain overlap is that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the first terminal device performs UL transmission, and the receiving the indication information sent by the first terminal device includes:
  • the MAC PDU is a data packet transmitted by the UL that has preempted resources, and the MAC PDU carries the indication information or the MAC PDU is used to indicate the indication information.
  • the time domain overlap means that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain
  • the first configuration information is also used to instruct the working mode of the first terminal device to switch from autonomous mode to scheduling mode, or from autonomous mode to scheduling mode.
  • the mode is switched to a combined mode of autonomous mode and dispatch mode.
  • the time domain overlap is that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the method further includes:
  • the present application provides a transmission processing method, which is applied to a first terminal device, and the method includes:
  • the second link is transmitted, where the preset condition includes at least one of the following: RLF is detected, and the upper layer/physical layer indicates that it occurs With RLF, the link quality is less than the preset value.
  • This solution provides a solution for selecting transmission links when there may be overlap in the time domain. If one of the links fails or the link quality is poor, you can proceed without priority or preset order In the selection, another link can be selected for transmission according to the link quality to avoid failure of both transmissions due to the link quality.
  • the first link is SL and the second link is UL, and if the link quality of the first link meets the preset condition, the second link is performed
  • the transmission includes:
  • the service data of SL is sent to the second terminal device; wherein, the preset condition includes at least one of the following: a wireless link is detected The path fails RLF, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the Uu link is less than a preset value;
  • the side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device satisfies a preset condition, and sends UL service data to the network device; wherein the preset condition includes at least one of the following: the occurrence side is detected
  • the uplink radio link fails RLF, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side uplink is less than the preset value.
  • this scheme is that when there is time domain overlap between SL and UL transmissions, which transmission can be selected according to the link quality, for example, the link quality of the side link is better, and the link of the uplink appears When the link fails, or the link quality is particularly low, you can choose to transmit on the side link; or the link quality of the uplink is better, the link of the side link fails, or the link When the quality is particularly low, you can choose to perform uplink transmission, etc. In this way, you can avoid the problem of overlapping when the link quality is not good due to priority restrictions, causing both transmissions to fail.
  • the first link is SL and the second link is DL, and if the link quality of the first link meets a preset condition, the second link is transmitted, include:
  • the SL service data is sent to the second terminal device; wherein, the preset condition includes at least one of the following: RLF is detected, The upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the Uu link is less than a preset value;
  • the side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device satisfies a preset condition, and receives the service data of the DL sent by the network device; wherein, the preset condition includes at least one of the following: the occurrence side is detected RLF is performed, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side link is less than a preset value.
  • this solution can avoid the time domain overlap of SL and DL transmissions, and can select the transmission with better link quality for execution, avoiding the problem of failure of both transmissions.
  • the method further includes:
  • the number of times that the SL transmission is preempted reaches the preset number of times, then the working mode of the first terminal device is switched from the scheduling mode to the autonomous mode, or from the scheduling mode to the combined mode of the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode.
  • the first link and the second link are both SL, and if the link quality of the first link meets the preset condition, then the second link is transmitted, include:
  • the first side link for the first SL transmission meets the preset condition, then the second SL transmission is performed; wherein, the preset condition includes at least one of the following: the occurrence of side RLF is detected, and the upper/physical layer indicates that the occurrence RLF, the link quality of the first side uplink is less than a preset value.
  • the present application provides a transmission processing device, including: a processing module and a sending module;
  • the sending module is configured to send indication information to the network device when the processing module detects that multiple transmissions overlap in the time domain, where the transmission in the time domain overlap includes side link SL transmission, and the indication information It is used to indicate one or more of the time domain overlap, the transmission type of the preempted resource, and the size of the retransmission resource.
  • the processing module is further configured to determine the indication information according to the time domain overlap.
  • the time domain overlap includes: SL transmission and SL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and uplink UL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and downlink DL transmission Overlap in the time domain.
  • the sending module is specifically used for:
  • the MAC PDU includes: the indication information, or a MAC CE including the indication information;
  • the processing module is further configured to trigger or generate the NACK message, the NACK message includes a first NACK message and/or a second NACK message, and the first NACK message is a message for feeding back SL transmission, so The second NACK message is a message for feeding back UL transmission.
  • the time domain overlap means that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and UL transmission is performed, then the sending module is further configured to:
  • the sending module is further configured to:
  • the Uu link between the transmission processing apparatus and the network device satisfies a preset condition and sends service data to the second terminal device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: a wireless link is detected If RLF fails, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the Uu link is less than a preset value;
  • the side link between the transmission processing apparatus and the second terminal device satisfies a preset condition, and sends service data to the network device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: a side link is detected
  • the radio link fails RLF, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side link is less than a preset value.
  • the apparatus further includes: a receiving module;
  • the Uu link between the transmission processing apparatus and the network device satisfies a preset condition
  • the sending module is further configured to send service data to a second terminal device;
  • the preset condition includes one or more of the following : It is detected that a radio link failure RLF has occurred, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the Uu link is less than a preset value;
  • the side link between the transmission processing apparatus and the second terminal device satisfies a preset condition
  • the receiving module is configured to receive service data sent by the network device; wherein the preset condition includes at least one of the following: It is detected that the side-line radio link failure RLF has occurred, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that the RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side-line link is less than a preset value.
  • processing module is also used to:
  • the working mode of the transmission processing device is switched from the scheduling mode to the autonomous mode, or from the scheduling mode to the combined mode of the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode.
  • the processing module is further configured to:
  • the first side link for the first SL transmission meets the preset condition, then the second SL transmission is performed; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: the occurrence of the side link radio link failure RLF is detected, and the upper layer /The physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the first side uplink is less than a preset value.
  • the device further includes:
  • a receiving module configured to receive first configuration information sent by the network device, where the first configuration information includes the retransmission resource configured by the network device for the transmission that is preempted by the resource;
  • the sending module is further configured to transmit data that has not been sent due to time domain overlap according to the first configuration information.
  • the time domain overlap is the overlap of SL transmission and UL transmission in the time domain
  • the first configuration information is also used to instruct the working mode of the transmission processing apparatus to switch from autonomous mode to scheduling mode, or from autonomous mode to scheduling mode.
  • the mode is switched to a combined mode of autonomous mode and dispatch mode.
  • the receiving module is further configured to:
  • Receive second configuration information sent by the network device where the second configuration information is used to instruct the working mode of the transmission processing device to switch from the autonomous mode to the scheduling mode, or from the autonomous mode to a combination of the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode mode.
  • this application provides a transmission processing device, including:
  • the receiving module is configured to receive indication information sent by the first terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate that time domain overlap occurs when the first terminal device performs data transmission, the transmission type of the preempted resource, and the size of the retransmission resource.
  • a processing module configured to configure retransmission resources for the transmission of preempted resources according to the instruction information
  • the sending module is configured to send first configuration information to the first terminal device, where the first configuration information includes the retransmission resource.
  • the time domain overlap includes: SL transmission and SL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and uplink UL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and downlink DL transmission Overlap in the time domain.
  • the receiving module is specifically configured to:
  • the MAC PDU includes: the indication information, or a MAC CE including the indication information
  • the NACK message includes a first NACK message and/or a second NACK message, and the first NACK message is The message transmitted by the SL is fed back, and the second NACK message is a message transmitted by the UL feedback.
  • the time domain overlap means that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the first terminal device performs UL transmission, and the receiving module is specifically configured to:
  • the MAC PDU is a data packet transmitted by the UL that has preempted resources, and the MAC PDU carries the indication information or the MAC PDU is used to indicate the indication information.
  • the time domain overlap means that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain
  • the first configuration information is also used to instruct the working mode of the first terminal device to switch from autonomous mode to scheduling mode, or from autonomous mode to scheduling mode.
  • the mode is switched to a combined mode of autonomous mode and dispatch mode.
  • the time domain overlap means that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain
  • the sending module is further configured to:
  • this application provides a transmission processing device, including:
  • a processing module configured to obtain the link quality of the first link if it is detected that the transmission of the first link and the transmission of the second link overlap in the time domain;
  • the sending module is configured to perform transmission on the second link if the link quality of the first link meets a preset condition, where the preset condition includes at least one of the following: RLF is detected, the upper layer /The physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality is less than the preset value.
  • the sending module is specifically configured to:
  • the SL service data is sent to the second terminal device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: The radio link fails RLF, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the Uu link is less than a preset value;
  • the UL service data is sent to the network device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: detected When the RLF of the side-line radio link fails, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that the RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side-line link is less than the preset value.
  • the sending module is specifically configured to:
  • the SL service data is sent to the second terminal device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: RLF, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the Uu link is less than a preset value;
  • the side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device satisfies a preset condition, and receives the service data of the DL sent by the network device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: detected When side RLF occurs, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side link is less than a preset value.
  • the processing module is also used for:
  • the number of times that the SL transmission is preempted reaches the preset number of times, then the working mode of the first terminal device is switched from the scheduling mode to the autonomous mode, or from the scheduling mode to the combined mode of the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode.
  • the first link and the second link are both SL, and the sending module is specifically configured to:
  • the first side link for the first SL transmission meets the preset condition, then the second SL transmission is performed; wherein, the preset condition includes at least one of the following: the occurrence of side RLF is detected, and the upper/physical layer indicates that the occurrence RLF, the link quality of the first side uplink is less than a preset value.
  • the present application provides a terminal device, including: a transmitter, a memory, and a processor; the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor executes the computer program to implement any one of the first aspect or the third aspect.
  • the transmission processing method provided by the item including: a transmitter, a memory, and a processor; the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor executes the computer program to implement any one of the first aspect or the third aspect.
  • the present application provides a network device, including: a receiver, a transmitter, a memory, and a processor; the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor executes the transmission processing provided in the second aspect of the computer program method.
  • the present application provides a storage medium, where the storage medium is used to store a computer program, and the computer program is used to implement the transmission processing method provided in any one of the first aspect or the third aspect.
  • the present application provides a storage medium, where the storage medium is used to store a computer program, and the computer program is used to implement the transmission processing method provided in any one of the second aspect.
  • this application provides a computer program product that, when the computer program product runs on a user equipment, causes the user equipment to execute the transmission processing method provided in any one of the first aspect or the third aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, which when the computer program product runs on a network device, causes the network device to execute the transmission processing method provided in any one of the second aspects.
  • this application provides a communication system, including: the terminal device provided in the seventh aspect and the network device provided in the eighth aspect.
  • the transmission processing method, device, equipment, and storage medium provided by this application, if multiple transmissions overlap in the time domain in the process of sidelink transmission, the instruction information is sent to the network device, and the transmission in the time domain overlaps.
  • the indication information is used to indicate one or more of the time domain overlap, the transmission type of the preempted resource, and the size of the retransmission resource. So that the network device can determine that the terminal device is in the process of sidelink transmission, the transmission time domain overlap occurs, that is, the transmission conflict, and the resources need to be reconfigured to avoid the network device from being unable to know that the time domain overlap has occurred, resulting in data transmission The problem of failure.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a V2X scenario provided by this application.
  • Embodiment 2 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 2 of the transmission processing method provided by this application;
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 4 of the transmission processing method provided by this application.
  • Embodiment 1 of the transmission processing apparatus provided by this application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of the transmission processing apparatus provided by this application.
  • Embodiment 8 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of the transmission processing apparatus provided by this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a terminal device provided by this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a network device provided by this application.
  • the Internet of Vehicles (vehicle to everything, V2X) is considered to be one of the fields with the most industrial potential and clearest market demand in the Internet of Things system. It has the characteristics of wide application space, large industrial potential, and strong social benefits.
  • the innovation and development of the information and communication industry, the construction of new models and business forms of automobile and transportation services, the promotion of the innovation and application of autonomous driving technology, and the improvement of transportation efficiency and safety are of great significance.
  • the Internet of Vehicles refers to the provision of vehicle information through sensors and vehicle terminals mounted on the vehicle, and the realization of vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P), vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P), and vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P), vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P), vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-vehicle, and vehicle information Communication between roadside infrastructure (vehicle to infrastructure), among which V2V is the main discussion scene.
  • QoS quality of service, quality of service
  • PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
  • PSSCH Physical Sidelink Shared Channel
  • UE User Equipment
  • UE User Equipment
  • sidelink sidelink
  • resource allocation on Sidelink includes two methods:
  • Mode 1 Resource allocation for network equipment scheduling (hereinafter referred to as scheduling mode, namely mode1). That is, when a connected UE in V2X communication needs to transmit data on Sidelink, the UE needs to first send a Buffer Status Report (BSR) to the network device to report the amount of sidelink data it needs to transmit so that the network device can respond to the data Allocate sidelink resources of appropriate size. If the current UE does not have uplink resources to report the BSR, a Scheduling Request (SR) may be triggered. If the UE is configured with SR resources, the UE sends an SR request message to the network device through the SR resource, requesting the network device to allocate the uplink for sending the BSR Resources. After the network device receives the SR request message, it allocates an uplink transmission authorization for the UE according to the scheduling result for the UE to send a BSR request.
  • BSR Buffer Status Report
  • SR Scheduling Request
  • Mode 2 The UE autonomously selects resources (hereinafter referred to as autonomous mode, namely mode2). That is, when the UE performing sidelink communication needs to transmit data on the Sidelink, the UE can select resources by itself in the resource pool configured or pre-configured by the network device to perform data transmission on the sidelink.
  • the resource pool configured by the network device can be configured through system information, or configured through dedicated signaling after receiving a request from the user equipment to perform Sidelink communication, or in a pre-configuration manner.
  • the network may configure it to perform another resource selection mode.
  • the UE can only be configured to perform one of the two voluntary selection modes. If the UE was previously working in the scheduling mode, sidelink BSR was triggered due to the need for sidelink communication and data to be transmitted, and no BSR was reported at this time. The uplink resource triggers the SR and is in the suspended state. Under the premise that all suspended SRs are triggered by the sidelink BSR, if the UE working in the scheduling mode is reconfigured to operate in the autonomous mode, all suspensions will be cancelled. From the SR. However, in NR V2X, the UE can be configured to support both the scheduling mode and the autonomous mode.
  • Network equipment can be bundled with authorization configuration.
  • a configuration authorization bundle is in a cycle.
  • the network equipment can configure K repeated transmission occasions in a configuration authorization bundle.
  • K is a positive integer.
  • the terminal equipment can be in a configuration authorization bundle.
  • the terminal device performs the initial transmission of the transmission block (transmission block, TB) at the transmission timing (initial transmission timing) allowed by the redundancy version number in the K repeated transmission timings, and after the TB is initially transmitted Retransmit the TB at other retransmission occasions.
  • the initial transmission may be understood as the terminal device transmitting a certain TB for the first time or for the first time, which is described here in a unified manner, and the following embodiments will not be repeated.
  • the request methods include the following two ways: Option 1: TX UE directly reports the NACK to the base station, After receiving the NACK, the base station schedules retransmission resources for the TX UE; Option 2: The TX UE reports the HARQ process number corresponding to the retransmission SL TB block to the base station. After receiving the HARQ process number, the base station schedules the TB corresponding to the HARQ process for the TX UE. The size of the required SL resources.
  • this application provides a transmission processing method. After a transmission conflict occurs in the transmission process of the side link, an instruction is given to the network device so that the network device can schedule resources, improve transmission efficiency, and avoid UL or SL. The problem of transmission failure.
  • the technical solution provided by this application can be applied to a variety of communication systems. As long as there is an entity in the communication system that needs to send transmission direction indication information, and another entity needs to receive the indication information, it can be the solution of this application, for example: the technical solution can be Applied in 5G NR V2X system.
  • the configuration of the transmission resources between the terminal equipment also includes two modes, including: network equipment scheduling resources, which can be called the scheduling mode (equivalent to the aforementioned mode1).
  • Resource allocation is scheduled by the network device, that is, the terminal device first needs to send a BSR or resource request to the network device, so that the network device can allocate appropriate sidelink transmission resources for the terminal device; the terminal device independently selects the mode, which can also be called Autonomous mode (equivalent to the above-mentioned mode2)
  • the terminal device when the terminal device needs to perform sidelink transmission, it can select appropriate resources in the resource pool for transmission.
  • the resource pool can be pre-defined or pre-configured by the network device. of.
  • the terminal device can also be configured as a combined mode of a scheduling mode and an autonomous mode (also referred to as mode1+mode2).
  • the time domain overlap of multiple transmissions refers to the time domain overlap of the transmissions during the transmission of multiple links (including the partial overlap of different transmissions in the time domain, or in the time domain).
  • Overlap and/or frequency domain overlap of transmission occurs during the transmission of multiple links (including partial overlap of different transmissions in the frequency domain, or full overlap in the time domain), which is also called transmission conflict , Or resource conflict.
  • descriptions such as transmission conflict, resource conflict, and time domain overlap can be replaced with each other, and this solution does not limit this.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a V2X scenario provided by this application.
  • a base station BS
  • UE1 to UE7 form a communication system.
  • the base station can send downlink information to UE1, UE2, UE5, etc.;
  • UE5 can also send downlink information to UE4, UE7, UE6, or
  • UE5 can also send information to UE7, UE4, and UE4 on the side link.
  • UE6 UE2, UE3, and UE7 can also form a communication system, and UE2 sends information to UE3 and UE7 on the side link.
  • the main execution bodies involved in the transmission processing method include terminal equipment and network equipment.
  • the terminal equipment is an entity on the user side that is used to receive or transmit signals. , Such as mobile phone UE, vehicle UE, etc., while the terminal equipment supports direct communication between each other.
  • Network equipment is an entity used to transmit or receive signals on the network side, such as: base station, 5G gNB (base station in the next generation mobile communication network), or transmission and reception point (TRP), or other 5G access network network equipment (such as micro base station).
  • the main implementation form includes a communication device, which can be a terminal device, such as a vehicle-mounted communication device, or a device containing the terminal device, such as various types of vehicles, or the above-mentioned first terminal device
  • a communication device which can be a terminal device, such as a vehicle-mounted communication device, or a device containing the terminal device, such as various types of vehicles, or the above-mentioned first terminal device
  • the device included in the device such as a system chip
  • the communication device includes a module, unit, or means corresponding to the above method.
  • the module, unit, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or hardware Execute the corresponding software implementation.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above-mentioned functions, which is not limited in this solution.
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 1 of the transmission processing method provided by this application.
  • the configuration method of the side link is mainly applied between the terminal device and the network device that perform side link transmission. It includes the following steps:
  • the first terminal device is the terminal device of the sending end
  • the second terminal device is the terminal device of the receiving end
  • the first terminal device can directly interact with the network device side, for example:
  • the first terminal device may be UE5, the second terminal device may be UE7, UE4, UE6, and UE5 may send data to UE7, UE4, UE6 on the side link, or the first terminal device may be UE2, the second terminal device may be UE3, UE7, and UE2 sends data to UE3 and UE7 on the side link.
  • the transmission that overlaps in the time domain includes SL transmission, that is, the transmission that overlaps in the time domain includes at least one SL transmission. Specifically, it includes the following situations: The domain overlaps, or the SL transmission and the uplink UL transmission overlap in the time domain, or the SL transmission and the downlink DL transmission overlap in the time domain.
  • the SL transmission in this solution includes any one or more of the following (the multiple here include any number of two or more): transmission corresponding to mode1 resources, transmission corresponding to mode2 resources, dynamic grant (Dynamic Grant, DG ) Transmission corresponding to resources, transmission corresponding to Configured Grant (CG) resources, transmission corresponding to side link control channels; DL/UL transmission includes any one or more of the following: transmission corresponding to DG resources, CG resources The corresponding transmission, the transmission corresponding to the control channel resource, is not restricted.
  • the method is also applicable to the case where the time-domain overlapped transmission includes UL and/or DL transmission, that is, the time-domain overlapped transmission includes at least one UL or DL transmission. Specifically, it includes the following situations: SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and uplink UL transmission overlap in time domain, or UL transmission and downlink DL transmission overlap in time domain. Time domain overlap.
  • the method is also applicable to the case where UL transmission and UL transmission overlap.
  • UL transmission includes any one or more of the following (the multiple here includes any number of two or more): the transmission corresponding to the dynamic grant (DG) resource, the configured The transmission corresponding to the Configured Grant (CG) resource (unrestricted type, that is, it is not restricted to the configured grant type 1 or configured grant type 2), the transmission corresponding to the uplink control channel;
  • DL/SL transmission includes any of the following or Multiple: transmission corresponding to DG resources, transmission corresponding to CG resources, transmission corresponding to control channel resources, and there is no restriction on this.
  • the transmission in the time domain overlap includes SL transmission as an example, and the method of the transmission in time domain overlap including UL transmission and/or DL transmission is similar.
  • time domain overlap here includes partial or full overlap in the time domain. It should be understood that the time domain overlap may also be referred to as a transmission conflict, a conflict in the time domain, and so on.
  • the instruction information sent by the first terminal device is received.
  • the indication information of the solution is used to indicate at least one of the time domain overlap, the transmission type of the preempted resource, and the size of the retransmission resource.
  • the preemption here indicates that when multiple transmissions overlap in the time domain, that is, when the time domain conflicts, and only one of the multiple transmissions can be selected for transmission, the selected transmission (or understood as the selected resource) is Priority transmission (or understood as prioritized resources), non-priority transmission is low priority transmission, that is, transmission that is preempted by resources. At this time, it is said that the priority transmission preempts other transmissions. transmission.
  • the size of the retransmission resource can be determined according to the size of the preempted resource, or according to the size of the transmission block retained in the buffer, or according to the total amount of data retained in the buffer. It is determined that the buffer may be a buffer associated with the HARQ process.
  • the transmission type of the preempted resource here refers to the transmission that fails to preempt the resource when the time domain overlaps. It can be SL transmission, UL transmission, or DL transmission; optionally, the preempted resource here
  • the transmission type refers to the transmission that fails to seize resources when the time domain overlaps. It can be SL CG transmission, or SL DG transmission, or UL CG transmission, or UL DG transmission, or it can be DL SPS transmission, or it can be It is UCI transmission or DCI transmission.
  • the terminal device In the process of data transmission by the first terminal device, if two or more transmission resources overlap in the time domain resource, but the terminal device can only transmit on one time-frequency resource at a time, so it needs to be filtered. That is, there are transmission resources that are preempted, and transmission cannot be performed on the preempted resources at this moment or within the time range. Therefore, when the first terminal device detects that such multiple transmissions overlap in the time domain, the process of indicating to the network device is triggered.
  • the first terminal device determines the above-mentioned indication information. Its meaning is that the time domain overlap is generated, or the terminal detects the time domain overlap, or the terminal device receives the transmission resource of the time domain overlap, and triggers an instruction to the network device, also called a retransmission instruction.
  • the instruction information is at least It includes two implementation methods, triggering the indication information or generating the indication information.
  • the first terminal device carries the indication information through some existing information forms or signaling, such as MAC CE, or RRC message, or SR, or NACK message, etc., and the indication information It can be carried directly in an existing message, or the indication information can be indicated by using existing signaling, or the indication information can be indicated by some fields in the above message, for example, in the MAC PDU It is indicated in the header or sub-header, or in an existing MAC CE.
  • the first terminal device may generate a new message, and the new message may not be transmitted through existing signaling, that is, a newly defined signaling may be used to carry the indication information.
  • the generated new signaling can also be a MAC PDU, MAC CE, RRC message, or SR, or NACK/ACK message, but the message is dedicated to indicating that the network device transmits the time domain overlap.
  • the content of the indication information may include time unit index (for example, time slot number), logical channel index, SL transmission
  • time unit index for example, time slot number
  • logical channel index for example, SL transmission
  • the corresponding Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) process identifier the HARQ process identifier corresponding to UL transmission, the buffer status (buffer status) corresponding to the HARQ process corresponding to SL transmission, and the HARQ process corresponding to UL transmission Buffer status, required resource size, low-priority resource type (for example, indicating whether the preempted transmission is a configured authorized transmission or a dynamically scheduled authorized transmission), authorized index, partial bandwidth (Bandwidth Part, BWP) index, terminal identifier (for example, Cell-RadioNetwork Temporary Identifier (C-RNTI) or RNTI for side link), layer 2 source identifier (Destination L2 ID), and/or
  • C-RNTI Cell-RadioNetwork Temporary Identifier
  • the first terminal device can transmit the indication information to the network device in the following ways:
  • the first way is to send a MAC PDU to the network device, and the network device receives the MAC PDU sent by the first terminal device, the MAC PDU includes the indication information, or the MAC PDU includes the MAC CE, and the MAC CE includes
  • the MAC CE may be dedicated signaling or existing MAC CE signaling. Taking a dedicated MAC CE as an example, a dedicated LCID can be defined for the MAC CE.
  • the LCID is included in the MAC subheader corresponding to the MAC CE.
  • the network device After sending to the network device, the network device can decode the MAC sub-header and the LCID field in it, and know that the MAC sub-header carries the MAC CE that is used to indicate that time domain overlap has occurred or request retransmission.
  • the MAC CE can be 0 bits or multiple bits. Taking a multi-bit MAC CE as an example, when sending a MAC PDU, the value of the LCID in the MAC subheader corresponding to the dedicated MAC CE is the value of the dedicated LCID, and the content indicated in the multi-bit MAC CE is the above indication information.
  • the indication information contained in the MAC CE includes the indication information corresponding to the SL transmission and may also include the indication corresponding to the UL transmission Information, that is, the indication information corresponding to the two links is contained in the same MAC CE.
  • the indication information corresponding to the two links is contained in the same MAC CE.
  • an RRC message is sent to the network device, and the network device receives the RRC message sent by the first terminal device.
  • the RRC message includes the indication information.
  • the RRC message may be an existing RRC message.
  • the indication message includes In the sidelink UE Information; the RRC message may also be a dedicated RRC message, that is, the dedicated RRC message is only used to notify the base station that a transmission conflict has occurred and/or request retransmission resources.
  • the third way is to send a scheduling request (Scheduling Request, SR) to the network device, and the network device receives the SR sent by the first terminal device, where the SR is used to indicate the indication information.
  • the indication information can be the SR or the information in the SR.
  • a dedicated SR can be defined.
  • the terminal device can optionally trigger the SR or dedicated SR.
  • the SR resource is reported to the SR.
  • the terminal device reports the SR on the dedicated SR resource to notify the network device that transmission preemption has occurred.
  • one or a group of dedicated SR resources can be defined.
  • the SR is reported on the resource; or, two or two groups of dedicated SR resources can be defined for the SL preempted and the UL preempted.
  • UL was preempted. For example, if the SL resource is preempted, the first terminal device at the sending end reports the SR on SR resource 1.
  • the network device After receiving the SR on SR resource 1, the network device can know that the SL transmission is preempted by the UL transmission, and according to the received UL transmission Then you can know the time-frequency position of the preempted SL resource, and then schedule the corresponding retransmission resource; if the UL transmission is preempted, the first terminal device reports the SR on the SR resource 2, and the base station reports the SR on the SR resource 2. After receiving the SR, it can be known that the UL transmission is preempted by the SL transmission. Since the time-frequency resource of the UL transmission is scheduled by the network device, the network device schedules the retransmission resource according to the UL grant that is scheduled and has not received the uplink transmission.
  • the SR configuration corresponding to the dedicated SR resource can be bound to a specific UL LCH and/or to a specific SL LCH; it can also be bound to multiple SL LCHs, and/or to multiple ULs. LCH binding.
  • the terminal device at the transmitting end multiplexes at least one LCH in the MAC PDU processed with a low priority.
  • the triggered SR is associated with the LCH with the highest priority, and the The SR resource configured by the SR associated with the LCH is reported to the SR.
  • the transmitting terminal device triggers SR and transmits the corresponding MAC PDU in UL
  • the SR resource associated with the UL LCH with the highest priority among the multiplexed UL LCH is reported to the SR.
  • the fourth way is to send a NACK message to the network device, and the network device receives the NACK message sent by the first terminal device, where the NACK message is used to indicate the indication information.
  • the transmission overlaps in the time domain.
  • the first terminal device triggers the first terminal device to generate the NACK message, or the first terminal device instructs the lower layer to generate a negative acknowledgement.
  • the NACK message is a first NACK message and/or a second NACK message.
  • the first NACK message is a message for feeding back SL transmission
  • the second NACK message is a message for feeding back UL transmission, that is to say, any NACK message can be passed.
  • the message can be used for indication, and it can also be indicated by two NACK messages, which is not limited in this solution.
  • the above feedback may be feedback to the network device.
  • the network device schedules side link resources for the first terminal device, and configures uplink resources for sending HARQ feedback to the network device. That is, if the side link fails (that is, the NACK fed back by the second terminal device is received and/or the ACK fed back by the second terminal device is not received), the first terminal device should be on the uplink resource used to send HARQ feedback (Or at the appointed moment) feedback NACK.
  • the first terminal device transmits the uplink resources corresponding to the side link transmission (or corresponding to the MAC PDU) for sending HARQ feedback to the network device or at the appointed time.
  • the network device sends a NACK.
  • the terminal device at the sending end when SL transmission is normally transmitted, the terminal device at the sending end sends the SL transmission to the terminal device at the receiving end, and the way to feedback to the network device is generally After receiving the preset duration of the feedback message (ACK/NACK message) from the terminal device at the receiving end, the feedback message is sent to the network device.
  • the SL transmission is preempted by the UL transmission, that is, if the SL transmission is preempted
  • the terminal at the receiving end The device has not received the SL transmission, so it will not give feedback to the terminal device at the sending end, that is, the terminal device at the sending end will not receive the ACK/NACK message fed back by the terminal device at the receiving end.
  • the sender terminal device can also send or trigger a NACK message to the network device, specifically Yes, after a preset period of time after the time domain overlap occurs, the NACK message is sent to the network device on the HARQ feedback resource, or the NACK message is sent to the network device on the agreed resource allocated by the network, so that the network device can The SL transmission schedules retransmission resources.
  • the first terminal device can also send The network device sends an uplink MAC PDU, the uplink MAC PDU carries the indication information, or the MAC PDU is used to indicate the indication information, or the MAC PDU is a MAC PDU with a special format dedicated to indicating the Instructions. For example, one or more bits are added to the MAC header to indicate that the transmission corresponding to the UL MAC PDU preempts the SL transmission.
  • bit value When the bit value is "1", it means that the UL MAC PDU transmission preempts the SL transmission; when the bit is taken When the value is "0", it means that the UL transmission does not conflict with the SL transmission.
  • the first terminal device triggers resource reselection.
  • the first terminal device works in an autonomous mode, or a combined mode of autonomous mode and scheduling mode, the first terminal device detects a transmission conflict and triggers resource reselection, that is, the first terminal device is in the configured or pre-configured resource pool Autonomously select the resources used to retransmit the preempted SL transmission.
  • the first terminal device determines that a transmission conflict has occurred, and has generated MAC PDUs for one and/or more time-domain conflicting resources, that is, MAC PDUs have been generated for low-priority resources, then trigger Resource reselection.
  • the first terminal device sends indication information to the network device when detecting that multiple transmissions have overlapped in time domain, so that the network device can determine that the terminal device is in the process of sidelink transmission, and the transmission time domain has occurred.
  • Overlap that is, transmission conflict, requires reconfiguration of resources, which avoids the problem that network equipment cannot know that time domain overlap has occurred, which causes UL or SL transmission to fail.
  • the network device after the network device receives the above indication information, it can also configure the retransmission resources.
  • the network device may determine the type of resource to be preempted and/or the size of the retransmission resource to be configured according to the indication information, and configure the retransmission resource for the transmission of the preempted resource for the first terminal device.
  • S103 Send first configuration information to the first terminal device, where the first configuration information includes retransmission resources.
  • the first configuration information sent by the network device is received, and the first configuration information includes the retransmission resource configured by the network device for the transmission that is occupied by the resource.
  • S104 According to the first configuration information, transmit data that has not been sent due to time domain overlap.
  • the first terminal device After receiving the first configuration information, if the previously preempted resource is SL transmission, the first terminal device performs side-link transmission according to the configured retransmission resource, and sends the unsent service data To the second terminal device at the receiving end. If the previously preempted resource is UL transmission, the uplink transmission is performed according to the configured retransmission resource, and the unsent service data is sent to the network device. If the previously preempted resource is DL transmission, the service data sent by the network device is received according to the configured retransmission resource.
  • the first terminal device sends indication information to the network device when detecting that multiple transmissions overlap in time domain, and the network device determines the type of resource to be preempted and/or the reconfiguration required according to the indication.
  • Transmission resources configure the corresponding retransmission resource instructions to the terminal device, avoid the problem that the network device cannot know that the time domain overlap has occurred, which causes the UL and/or SL transmission to fail, and effectively improves the transmission efficiency.
  • the first terminal device before sending the instruction information to the network device, in a conventional implementation, after multiple transmissions collide, that is, after the time domain overlaps, the first terminal device can follow the network
  • the transmission priority configured by the device is either pre-configured or the transmission priority agreed by the protocol to select which transmission to perform.
  • this application should Provide a technical solution for selecting transmission based on link quality. Specifically, it includes the following implementation methods:
  • the second terminal device Send service data; wherein, the preset conditions include at least one of the following, that is, one or more: a radio link failure (Radio Link Failure, RLF) is detected, the upper layer or the physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and RLF-related
  • RLF Radio Link Failure
  • the upper layer indicates that the RRC connection fails, enters the idle state (RRC_IDLE), the first terminal device leaves the connected state (RRC_CONNECTED), random access problems occur, T310 times out, RLC retransmissions to the maximum number of times, physical Physical layer problem, trigger cell reselection or initiate cell reselection, when sending RRC reestablishment message, receive RRC reestablishment or RRC establishment response message sent by network equipment, and send RRC reestablishment complete message or
  • RLF Radio Link Failure
  • the service data is sent to the network device; wherein, the preset condition includes at least one of the following, that is, one or more One: Detects the occurrence of side link RLF, the timer related to RLF expires, indicates to the upper layer that the failure of the side link RRC connection with one or more receiving terminal devices has occurred, and enters the side link or PC5 idle state, When the terminal device leaves the side link connected state (RRC_CONNECTED) or PC5 connected state, the RLC retransmissions to the maximum number of times, the physical layer problem of the side link occurs, triggers the cell reselection or initiates the cell reselection, When or multiple receiving terminal devices send the RRC re-establishment message, receive the RRC re-establishment or RRC establishment response message sent by the second terminal device, and send the RRC re-establishment complete message or the RRC establishment complete message
  • the first terminal device detects that the SL transmission and DL transmission overlap in the time domain
  • the preset conditions include at least one of the following, that is, one or more: RLF is detected, the upper layer or the physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, RLF-related timers Timeout, indicating to the upper layer that an RRC connection failure has occurred, enters the idle state (RRC_IDLE), the terminal device leaves the connected state (RRC_CONNECTED), random access problems occur, T310 times out, RLC retransmissions to the maximum number of times, physical layer problems occur (physical layer problem), trigger cell reselection or initiate cell reselection, when sending an RRC reestablishment message, receive the RRC reestablishment or RRC establishment response message sent by the network device, and send the RRC reestabl
  • the side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device meets a preset condition, receive the service data sent by the network device; wherein, the preset condition includes at least one of the following: the occurrence side is detected Uplink RLF, the upper/physical layer indicates that sidelink RLF has occurred, the timer related to RLF expires, and the upper layer indicates that the sidelink RRC connection failure with one or more receiving terminal devices has occurred, and enters the sideline Link or PC5 idle state, the terminal device leaves the side link connected state (RRC_CONNECTED) or PC5 connected state, RLC retransmissions to the maximum number of times, the physical layer problem of the side link occurs, triggering cell reselection or initiation Cell reselection, sending an RRC re-establishment message to one or more receiving terminal devices, receiving an RRC re-establishment or RRC establishment response message sent by a second terminal device, and sending an RRC re-establishment complete message or RRC establishment to one or more terminal devices After
  • the mode switch can also be used to avoid data loss and transmission failure on the side link Specifically, if the number of times the SL transmission is preempted reaches the preset number of times, the working mode of the first terminal device is switched from the scheduling mode to the autonomous mode, or from the scheduling mode to the combination of the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode Mode: After the mode is switched, the first terminal device has more choices when selecting resources or configuring resources by the network device.
  • the first terminal device switches to the combined mode of the scheduling mode and the autonomous mode, that is, the resources of the scheduling mode and the autonomous mode can be used at the same time, and the available resources can be selected independently Perform SL retransmission.
  • the network device configures the first terminal device to perform mode switching; optionally, the first terminal device maintains a counter, and when the counter reaches the preset threshold, Then request the base station to reconfigure the mode, or switch the working mode autonomously.
  • Mode switching or mode reconfiguration can be one or more of the following: side link quality of service flow, side link logical channel LCH, side link data radio bearer DRB, side link logical channel group LCG, side line Link service target identification, side link packet data unit session.
  • the preset threshold can be configured or pre-configured by the network device.
  • the first terminal device detects that the first SL transmission and the second SL transmission overlap in the time domain, that is, there is a partial or full overlap between the two SL transmissions in the time domain. In the case of poor quality of one SL, another SL can be selected for transmission first.
  • the second SL transmission is performed; wherein, the preset condition includes at least one of the following: the occurrence of side link RLF is detected, and the upper layer Or the physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, the RLF-related timer expires, and the upper layer indicates that the side link RRC connection failure with one or more receiving terminal devices has occurred, enters the side link or PC5 idle state, and the terminal device leaves the side Link connected state (RRC_CONNECTED) or PC5 connected state, RLC retransmissions to the maximum number of times, physical layer problem of side link occurs, trigger cell reselection or initiate cell reselection, and send to one or more receivers
  • the terminal device sends the RRC re-establishment message, it receives the RRC re-establishment or RRC establishment response message sent by the second terminal device, and sends the RRC re-establishment complete message or the RRC establishment
  • the first terminal device when the first terminal device detects that the UL transmission overlaps with another UL transmission in the time domain, it can also select which link is specifically limited for transmission according to the link quality, and the implementation principle is similar to the above.
  • the first terminal determines that the timer associated with the side link RLF expires, it releases side link resources (including but not limited to one or more of SLDG, SLCG, and mode2 resources), or stops the side link Transmission on link resources.
  • side link resources including but not limited to one or more of SLDG, SLCG, and mode2 resources
  • the meaning of the above-mentioned PC5 idle state may be that the first terminal device is disconnected from one or more second terminal devices, or the side link transmission of the first terminal device is not controlled by the network, which is not limited here.
  • the first configuration information can not only configure retransmission resources for the first terminal device, but can also indicate the mode switching of the first terminal device when the SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain. That is to say, the first configuration information is also used to instruct the working mode of the first terminal device to switch from the autonomous mode to the scheduling mode, or from the autonomous mode to the combined mode of the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode.
  • the message indicating the switching mode of the first terminal device may be sent by the network device separately, that is, the network device sends the message to the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device receives the second configuration information sent by the network device, and the second configuration information is used to instruct the first terminal device to switch its working mode from autonomous mode to scheduling mode, or from The autonomous mode is switched to a combined mode of autonomous mode and dispatch mode.
  • the network device in order to ensure transmission efficiency, can be configured to switch the working mode of the first terminal device to increase the network device's scheduling of terminal device resources.
  • the first configuration message can be used to indicate, or You can send another configuration message to indicate.
  • the following takes the terminal device as the UE and the network device as the base station as an example to illustrate the transmission processing method provided in this application, and specifically provide several implementation methods in different situations.
  • Transmission conflict means that the time domain resources of two or more transmission resources overlap. It has the same meaning as the aforementioned time domain overlap. Since the TX UE can only transmit on one time-frequency resource at a time, it needs to start from these multiple time-frequency resources. Filter in resources with overlapping time domains. The result of the screening is that the TX UE will give priority to one of these multiple time-frequency resources (or called authorization), and treat other resources with low priority (that is, other transmissions are preempted), that is, in the time domain between multiple transmissions When the upper overlap, the TX UE selects one of the transmissions and processes the other transmissions with low priority. If the TX UE has generated MAC PDUs for these low-priority time-frequency resources, it will save these MAC PDUs in the HARQ buffer and wait for the base station to schedule retransmissions.
  • the conflicts involved in the various embodiments of the present application include: conflicts between UL transmission and UL transmission, conflicts between SL transmission and SL transmission, conflicts between SL transmission and UL transmission, and between SL transmission and DL transmission
  • SL transmission includes one or more types of mode1, mode2, DG, and CG
  • DL transmission or UL transmission also includes DG and/or CG types. transmission.
  • DG and/or CG types are examples of transmission conflict scenarios.
  • Mode1 and mode1 resource conflicts that is, conflicts between SL CG and SL DG, or conflicts between multiple SL CGs, or conflicts before multiple SL DGs, there is no restriction on this.
  • the time domain overlap between the two authorizations is further subdivided into:
  • the time domain overlap between the two authorizations is further subdivided into:
  • the transmitting end (Transmit, TX) UE reports an indication message to the base station, or the TX UE triggers the indication message.
  • the base station receives the indication message, it can learn that the TX UE has a transmission conflict, Is the SL or UL transmission preempted, and the size of the retransmission resources required for the preempted transmission.
  • the form of the indication information may be a newly defined signaling, such as a MAC CE or RRC message.
  • This signaling is dedicated to indicating to the base station that there is data or MAC PDU that is preempted and needs to be retransmitted in the buffer of the TX UE.
  • the indication is a MAC CE
  • a dedicated LCID needs to be defined for the MAC CE.
  • the LCID is included in the MAC subheader corresponding to the MAC CE.
  • the base station can know that the MAC sub-header carries the MAC CE used to indicate retransmission by decoding the MAC sub-header and the LCID field in it.
  • the MAC CE can be 1 bit or multiple bits.
  • the value "0" means that the SL transmission is preempted
  • the value "1” means that the UL transmission is preempted. It should be understood that the MAC CE in this scheme can be 0 bit, 1 bit or more. Bits.
  • the content of the indication information may include time unit index (for example, time slot number), logical channel index, HARQ process identifier corresponding to SL transmission, buffer status corresponding to HARQ process corresponding to SL transmission, required resource size, Terminal identification (for example, C-RNTI or RNTI for side link), layer 2 source identification (Destination L2 ID), and/or destination identification (Source L2 ID), etc.
  • time unit index for example, time slot number
  • logical channel index for example, logical channel index
  • HARQ process identifier corresponding to SL transmission buffer status corresponding to HARQ process corresponding to SL transmission
  • required resource size for example, C-RNTI or RNTI for side link
  • Terminal identification for example, C-RNTI or RNTI for side link
  • layer 2 source identification Destination L2 ID
  • Destination L2 ID Destination L2 ID
  • the indication information reuses the existing indication information, it can be an existing retransmission indication, such as reporting the HARQ process number corresponding to the preempted transmission.
  • the solution of this embodiment is to trigger the transmission when the transmission overlaps in the time domain. Instructions.
  • the indication information may be an SR, that is, a dedicated SR is defined.
  • the SR is reported on the dedicated SR resource to notify the base station that transmission preemption has occurred.
  • one or a group of dedicated SR resources can be defined, and when the SL is preempted or the UL is preempted, the SR is reported on the resource;
  • SR resources which are respectively used for SL being preempted and UL being preempted. For example, if the SL resource is preempted, the TX UE reports the SR on SR resource 1. After the base station receives the SR on SR resource 1, it can know that the SL transmission is preempted by the UL transmission. According to the time-frequency position of the UL transmission received by the base station, Then you can know the time-frequency position of the preempted SL resources, and then schedule the corresponding retransmission resources; if the UL transmission is preempted, the TX UE reports the SR on SR resource 2.
  • the base station After the base station receives the SR on SR resource 2, it can Knowing that the UL transmission is preempted by the SL transmission, since the time-frequency resources of the UL transmission are scheduled by the base station, the base station schedules the retransmission resources according to the UL grant that has not received the uplink transmission.
  • Option 1 Trigger/report the above indication information.
  • Option 2 Trigger/report NACK. If the SL transmission is preempted by the UL transmission, and the SL transmission (that is, the PSSCH resource) corresponds to the HARQ feedback resource (PUCCH resource) after a period of time (timing). It should be understood that if the transmission overlap is indicated through the NACK message, the feedback of the side link is implemented.
  • the TX UE when the SL transmission is normally transmitted, the TX UE sends the SL transmission to the RX UE and the method of feedback to the base station is general After receiving the RX UE's feedback message (ACK/NACK message) for a preset period of time, the feedback message is sent to the base station.
  • the RX UE does not receive the SL transmission, so it does not It will feed back to the TX UE, which means that the SL transmission is not performed or the TX UE will not receive the ACK/NACK message fed back by the RX UE.
  • the TX UE can trigger the NACK message to the base station. Specifically, it is still after the preset time period after the time domain overlap occurs. Send a NACK message to the base station on the HARQ feedback resources so that the base station can schedule retransmission resources for the SL transmission.
  • each SL transmission corresponds to a HARQ feedback resource, that is, a PUCCH resource, and there is a certain time relationship between the SL resource and its corresponding PUCCH resource. For example, if the time domain resource of the SL resource is located in time unit n, the timing relationship is t , Then the time domain resource of the PUCCH resource is located in the time unit n+t.
  • the TX UE When the TX UE communicates with the RX UE on the SL resource, and the RX UE feeds back a NACK to the TX UE for this transmission, the TX UE reports the NACK on the PUCCH resource after t time units, indicating the SL transmission on the SL resource If it fails, the base station needs to schedule the corresponding SL retransmission resources. Since the base station knows the SL resource and the corresponding PUCCH resource, the base station can determine which SL resource has failed transmission according to the PUCCH resource of the received NACK, and then schedule the retransmission resource.
  • the buffer status of the HARQ process corresponding to the multiple uplink grants needs to be reported in the indication information.
  • the above example provides a specific transmission processing method. After multiple transmissions overlap in time domain, it triggers to report indication information to the network device and request retransmission resources, which can avoid the loss of data packets caused by transmission conflicts, and then Lead to the loss of data or other reported information, ensure data transmission, and reduce business delay.
  • this example defines a specific processing scheme for the scenario where the SL transmission is preempted.
  • the method provided in this example does not need to define new instructions.
  • the specific description is as follows:
  • the UL transmission preempts the resources of the SL transmission.
  • the uplink MAC PDU to be sent to the base station for the UL transmission can carry the indication information, and the specific information can be added. Fields indicate that a new UL MAC PDU format can be defined in this solution. For example, one or more bits are added to the MAC header to indicate that the UL MAC PDU preempts SL transmission.
  • bit value When the bit value is "1”, it means that the UL MAC PDU transmission preempts the SL transmission; when the bit value is "0”, it means that the UL transmission is not SL transmission conflict.
  • the base station When the base station receives the uplink data, it decodes the transmission block and recognizes the MAC header, and can determine whether the UL MAC PDU transmission overlaps with the SL transmission in the time domain according to the value of the special bit in the MAC header. If UL transmission and SL transmission overlap in the time domain, the base station determines the preempted SL transmission resources according to the received UL transmission time-frequency resource location, and schedules retransmission resources for the overlapping SL resources based on this, and instructs the TX UE to complete the SL transmission.
  • another UL MAC PDU can also be used to carry the indication information and send it to the base station in the manner in this example.
  • the TX UE does not need to send additional indication information, and the indication information can be placed in the uplink PDU to be sent for transmission to ensure data transmission and reduce service delay.
  • the foregoing two examples both change the current priority rules for judging SL and SL or SL and UL transmissions, and both propose processing methods for preempted transmissions after the priority selection process has been completed.
  • the selection scheme of SL and UL transmission priority is further considered.
  • the TX UE may determine the transmission priority of UL and SL based on the Uu link quality. For example, if the TX UE detects that RLF has occurred in Uu, even if the priority of UL transmission data is higher than SL transmission, SL transmission should still be given priority. Otherwise, if UL transmission is prioritized according to the existing priority rules, when the Uu link quality is poor, the TX UE cannot successfully send UL transmission, or the base station cannot receive uplink transmission, which will cause UL transmission to fail, and SL also fails to transmit. Therefore, the transmission opportunity is wasted. Therefore, when the Uu link quality is poor, SL transmission is preferred.
  • the priority of SL transmission is higher than the priority of UL transmission, but the SL link quality is poor, for example, a side-line radio link failure occurs, or the side-line link quality is less than the preset value, etc.
  • the UL transmission is preferred to avoid the problem that the limited transmission SL is selected according to the existing priority, but the link quality is poor, the SL transmission fails, and the UL cannot transmit at the same time.
  • the TX UE When the TX UE works in mode1 and the SL transmission is preempted by UL transmission multiple times, the TX UE triggers a mode switch, that is, switches from working in mode1 to working in mode2 or mode1+2; optionally, set the maximum preemption times, if The number of times that SL transmission is preempted is greater than the threshold, and the value triggers mode switching, or requests mode switching from the base station, for example, triggers/requests the base station for system information.
  • a mode switch that is, switches from working in mode1 to working in mode2 or mode1+2
  • the maximum preemption times if The number of times that SL transmission is preempted is greater than the threshold, and the value triggers mode switching, or requests mode switching from the base station, for example, triggers/requests the base station for system information.
  • the appropriate transmission is selected through link quality to avoid the situation that both transmissions fail due to the poor link quality of the high-priority transmission.
  • TX UE can trigger/report indication information according to the scheme of Example 1.
  • the base station needs to configure TX UE to switch to scheduling mode (mode1) Or a combination of scheduling mode and autonomous mode (mode1+2), that is, the base station can configure the TX UE for mode switching, that is, the network device can configure the terminal device at the transmitting end to perform mode switching.
  • the transmission processing solution provided by this application solves the problem of how to request retransmission resources from the network device when the SL transmission of the terminal device at the sending end conflicts with other types of transmission, and at the same time, it can avoid the data caused by the transmission conflict.
  • the loss of packets leads to the loss of data or other reported information, ensuring data transmission and reducing service delay.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic flow chart of the second embodiment of the transmission processing method provided by this application.
  • the transmission processing method is mainly applied between the terminal equipment and the network equipment that perform sidelink transmission.
  • This solution mainly involves The resource release process of the side link specifically includes the following steps:
  • the first terminal device determines that a preset condition is met, and releases or deactivates the first resource.
  • the first resource may be a configured sidelink configured grant (SL CG) type 1 or type 2.
  • SL CG sidelink configured grant
  • the first terminal device is the terminal device on the sending end
  • the second terminal device is the terminal device on the receiving end
  • the first terminal device can directly interact with the network device side.
  • the first terminal device can be UE5, the second terminal device can be UE7, UE4, UE6, and UE5 can send data to UE7, UE4, UE6 on the side link, or the first terminal device can be UE2, and the second terminal device
  • the equipment may be UE3 and UE7, and UE2 sends data to UE3 and UE7 on the side link.
  • the first terminal device determines to release or deactivate the first resource.
  • the preset condition includes one or more of the following: the first terminal device is in the first resource No transmission has been performed for P consecutive times, and P is an integer greater than or equal to 0; or the first terminal device confirms that the first resource is no longer used or deactivates or releases the resource; or the first terminal device completes the first resource on the first resource
  • the first service may correspond to a target identifier or the first service may correspond to a target identifier and a source identifier; or the first terminal device has not used the first resource for a period of time, optionally,
  • the first resource is configured with a timer, and the timer is started or restarted when the side link transmission is sent on the first resource; when the timer expires, the first terminal device releases or deactivates the first resource, that is, the first terminal device determines There is no need to use the first resource to perform
  • the first terminal device sends first information to the network device, where the first information is used to instruct to release the first resource.
  • the first terminal device sends first information to the network device, where the first information is used to indicate to the network device that the first terminal device has deactivated or released the first resource.
  • the first terminal device triggers the first information, and then sends the first information to the network device.
  • the content of the first information may include one or more of the following: index of the first resource (index), time unit index (for example, time slot number), logical channel index, HARQ process identifier corresponding to SL transmission, HARQ corresponding to SL transmission.
  • index index of the first resource
  • time unit index for example, time slot number
  • logical channel index for example, time slot number
  • HARQ process identifier corresponding to SL transmission HARQ corresponding to SL transmission
  • the buffer status corresponding to the process (buffer status), the index of the first resource, the partial bandwidth index, the terminal identifier (such as C-RNTI or RNTI for the side link), the layer 2 source identifier (Destination L2 ID), and/ Or target identification (Source L2 ID), etc.
  • the first information may be carried on the MAC CE, the MAC CE is used to indicate the first information, and the MAC CE is associated with a logical channel identifier; the first information may also be an RRC message or physical layer signaling, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the network device After receiving the first information, the network device can learn that the first terminal device no longer uses the first resource for sidelink transmission, and then can allocate the first resource to other terminal devices to improve resource utilization.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 3 of the transmission processing method provided by this application.
  • the transmission processing method of the side-link transmission is mainly applied between two terminal devices that perform side-link transmission. , Specifically including the following steps:
  • S301 The first terminal device obtains the second resource from the network device.
  • the second resource is the SL configuration authorization (Configured Grant, CG), and the network device provides configuration information and/or video resource information through DCI or RRC messages.
  • SL configuration authorization Configured Grant, CG
  • the second resource as an example of the authorization (Configured Grant, CG) type 2 configured by the SL.
  • the second resource may also be SL CG type1, SL dynamic grant (DG) configuration information, or, the second resource may be SL mode2 resource/resource pool configuration information, the scheme is the same, and details are not repeated here.
  • the first terminal device is the terminal device on the sending end
  • the second terminal device is the terminal device on the receiving end
  • the first terminal device can directly interact with the network device side, for example:
  • the first terminal device may be UE5, the second terminal device may be UE7, UE4, UE6, and UE5 may send data to UE7, UE4, UE6 on the side link, or the first terminal device may be UE2, the second terminal device may be UE3, UE7, and UE2 sends data to UE3 and UE7 on the side link.
  • the network device is configured for side link transmission and related configuration. At least the SL CG period and other information should be configured.
  • the solution may further include step S302.
  • the first terminal device receives the information used to activate the second resource sent by the network device.
  • the information used for activating the second resource may be: for example, receiving DCI sent by the network device, the DCI used for activating the second resource, which includes at least time-frequency resource location information of the second resource.
  • the first terminal device sends configuration information of the second resource to one or more second terminal devices through PC5RRC.
  • the configuration information sent by the first terminal device at least includes time-frequency resource location information of the second resource.
  • the first terminal device selects a HARQ process from an idle HARQ process, and indicates the number (or index) of the HARQ process to the second terminal device through PC5RRC.
  • the HARQ process number may be included in the configuration information sent to the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device counts the number of repetitions that have been used when receiving the ACK feedback from the second terminal device, and reports it to the base station; or the first terminal device counts the number of repetitions that have not been received When the NACK is fed back by the second terminal device, the number of repetitions that have been used is counted and reported to the base station.
  • the receiving terminal device determines to send an ACK to the first terminal device, or generates a positive confirmation such as ACK, or confirms not to generate a negative confirmation such as NACK, or confirms not to send a negative confirmation such as NACK, and then counts the used The number of repetitions is reported to the base station.
  • the number of retransmission transmission occasions is the number of retransmissions that have been performed in a transmission period, or the number of retransmissions that have been performed in a bundle.
  • the network device may reconfigure the number of repetitions for the CG. For example, if the number of retransmissions reported by the first terminal device is 3, the network device can determine that the second terminal device can successfully receive the side link transmission after 3 transmissions, and therefore reconfigure the number of repeated transmissions of the CG Is 3.
  • This method may not be combined with the third embodiment, but can be executed separately, and there is no restriction on this solution.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 4 of the transmission processing method provided by this application. As shown in Fig. 5, the transmission processing method is mainly applied between two terminal devices performing sidelink transmission, and specifically includes the following steps:
  • S401 The first terminal device obtains the second resource from the network device.
  • the second resource is the SL configuration authorization (Configured Grant, CG), and the network device provides configuration information and/or video resource information through DCI or RRC messages.
  • SL configuration authorization Configured Grant, CG
  • the second resource is SL configuration as an example.
  • the second resource may also be SL CG type1, SL dynamic grant (DG) configuration information, or, the second resource may be SL mode2 resource/resource pool configuration information, the scheme is the same, and details are not repeated here.
  • the first terminal device is the terminal device on the sending end
  • the second terminal device is the terminal device on the receiving end
  • the first terminal device can directly interact with the network device side, for example:
  • the first terminal device may be UE5, the second terminal device may be UE7, UE4, UE6, and UE5 may send data to UE7, UE4, UE6 on the side link, or the first terminal device may be UE2, the second terminal device may be UE3, UE7, and UE2 sends data to UE3 and UE7 on the side link.
  • the network device is configured for side link transmission and related configuration. At least the SL CG period and other information should be configured.
  • the first terminal device sends configuration information of the second resource to one or more second terminal devices through PC5RRC.
  • the configuration information includes at least one or more of the following: period information of the second resource, a transmission configuration corresponding to the second resource, an index of the second resource, and the like.
  • the first terminal device forwards the information of the second resource configured by the network device to one or more second terminal devices.
  • the solution may further include the following step S403.
  • S403 The first terminal device receives the information used to activate the second resource sent by the network device.
  • the information used to activate the second resource may be: for example, receiving DCI sent by the network device, the DCI used to activate the second resource, which includes at least time-frequency resource location information of the second resource.
  • the first terminal device sends the first control signaling to the second terminal device, where the first control signaling is used to instruct the second terminal device to activate the second resource.
  • the first control signaling may be an RRC message or physical layer signaling.
  • the first control signaling includes at least one or more of the following: the time-frequency resource of the second resource, the period information of the second resource, the transmission configuration corresponding to the second resource, the index of the second resource, and so on.
  • the first terminal device selects a HARQ process from an idle HARQ process, and includes the number (or referred to as an index) of the HARQ process in the first control signaling.
  • the HARQ process number may also be indicated to the second terminal device through PC5 RRC in step S402.
  • the HARQ process number may be included in the second resource configuration information sent to the second terminal device.
  • the first control signaling is SCI, which indicates activation or deactivation through a special value of an existing field in the SCI.
  • the SL CG index contained in the SCI is "001", and when the value of field 1 is "00000" and the value of field 2 is "111111", the SCI is used to activate SL CG; when the value of field 1 is “11111” and the value of field 2 is "000000", the SCI is used to deactivate Activate SL CG.
  • a dedicated field is used in the SCI to indicate the activation or deactivation of the SLCG.
  • the SLCG index contained in the SCI is "001". When the value of the dedicated bit is "1”, it means that the activation index is "001".
  • step S405 may also be included.
  • S405 The first terminal device receives the information used to deactivate the second resource sent by the network device.
  • the information used to activate the second resource may be: for example, receiving a DCI sent by a network device, where the DCI is used to deactivate the second resource.
  • the first terminal device sends second control signaling to the second terminal device, where the second control signaling is used to instruct the second terminal device to deactivate the second resource.
  • the second control signaling may be an RRC message or physical layer signaling, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the second control signaling and the first control signaling may be the same or different.
  • the second control signaling includes at least one or more of the following: time-frequency resources of the second resource, period information of the second resource, transmission configuration corresponding to the second resource, index of the second resource, and information corresponding to the second resource HARQ process number, etc.
  • the second terminal device After receiving the first control information, it receives the side link service data sent by the first terminal device, and after receiving the second control information, it stops receiving the first control information on the second resource.
  • the sidelink transmission of a terminal device optionally, the second terminal device receives the second control information, clears the buffer associated with the first HARQ process, and/or stops the timer associated with the first HARQ process, and /Or, release the first HARQ process, and/or cover the buffer associated with the first HARQ process with new received data, and the first HARQ process is used to receive the side link transmission on the second resource.
  • first control signaling and second control signaling are used to activate or deactivate the second resource without limiting whether it is sent on the control channel, namely “first control signaling” and “second control signaling” It can also be called “first signaling” and “second signaling”.
  • the transmission processing method of the side link transmits the information required for the side link transmission through the RRC of the side link, and informs the second terminal device to activate or deactivate the side link through signaling.
  • the terminal device at the receiving end can also obtain the HARQ process identifier of each transmission while obtaining the side link transmission configuration, so there is no need to send the SCI multiple times in the follow-up, or there is no need to indicate the HARQ process number in the SCI in the follow-up, which is effective
  • the size of the control information (that is, the number of bits occupied) is reduced, and the transmission resources of the side link are effectively saved.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of the transmission processing device provided by this application.
  • the transmission processing device 10 includes: a processing module 11 and a sending module 12;
  • the sending module 12 is configured to send indication information to the network device when the processing module 11 detects that multiple transmissions overlap in the time domain, where the transmission that overlaps in the time domain includes sidelink SL transmission.
  • the indication information is used to indicate one or more of the time domain overlap, the transmission type of the preempted resource, and the size of the retransmission resource.
  • the transmission processing apparatus provided in this embodiment is used to execute the technical solution on the first terminal device side of the transmitting end in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the implementation principles and technical effects are similar, and will not be repeated here.
  • the processing module 11 is further configured to determine the indication information according to the time domain overlap.
  • the time domain overlap includes: SL transmission and SL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and uplink UL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and downlink DL transmission Overlap in the time domain.
  • the sending module 12 is specifically configured to:
  • the MAC PDU includes: the indication information, or a MAC CE including the indication information;
  • the processing module 11 is further configured to trigger the generation of the NACK message, the NACK message includes a first NACK message and/or a second NACK message, and the first NACK message is a message for feeding back SL transmission, so The second NACK message is a message for feeding back UL transmission.
  • the time domain overlap means that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and UL transmission is performed, then the sending module 12 is further configured to:
  • the MAC PDU carries the indication information, or the MAC PDU is used to indicate the indication information.
  • the sending module 12 is further configured to:
  • the Uu link between the transmission processing apparatus and the network device satisfies a preset condition and sends service data to the second terminal device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: a wireless link is detected If RLF fails, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the Uu link is less than a preset value;
  • the side link between the transmission processing apparatus and the second terminal device satisfies a preset condition, and sends service data to the network device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: a side link is detected
  • the radio link fails RLF, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side link is less than a preset value.
  • the transmission processing apparatus provided in any of the foregoing embodiments is used to execute the technical solution on the first terminal device side of the sending end in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the implementation principles and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of the transmission processing device provided by this application. As shown in FIG. 7, it is detected that SL transmission and DL transmission overlap in the time domain.
  • the transmission processing device 10 further includes: a receiving module 13;
  • the Uu link between the transmission processing apparatus and the network device satisfies a preset condition
  • the sending module 12 is further configured to send service data to a second terminal device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following One: it is detected that a radio link failure RLF has occurred, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the Uu link is less than a preset value;
  • the side link between the transmission processing apparatus and the second terminal device satisfies a preset condition
  • the receiving module 13 is configured to receive service data sent by the network device; wherein, the preset condition includes one of the following or Multiple: it is detected that a side-line radio link failure RLF has occurred, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that the RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side-line link is less than a preset value.
  • processing module 11 is further configured to:
  • the working mode of the transmission processing device is switched from the scheduling mode to the autonomous mode, or from the scheduling mode to the combined mode of the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode.
  • the processing module 11 is further configured to:
  • the first side link corresponding to the first SL transmission satisfies the preset condition, then the second SL transmission is performed; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: the occurrence of side uplink radio link failure RLF is detected, and the upper layer /The physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the first side uplink is less than a preset value.
  • the receiving module 13 is configured to receive first configuration information sent by the network device, where the first configuration information includes the retransmission resource configured by the network device for the transmission that has preempted the resource;
  • the sending module 12 is further configured to transmit data that has not been sent due to time domain overlap according to the first configuration information.
  • the time domain overlap is the overlap of SL transmission and UL transmission in the time domain
  • the first configuration information is also used to instruct the working mode of the transmission processing apparatus to switch from autonomous mode to scheduling mode, or from autonomous mode to scheduling mode.
  • the mode is switched to a combined mode of autonomous mode and dispatch mode.
  • the receiving module 13 is further configured to:
  • Receive second configuration information sent by the network device where the second configuration information is used to instruct the working mode of the transmission processing device to switch from the autonomous mode to the scheduling mode, or from the autonomous mode to a combination of the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode mode.
  • the transmission processing apparatus provided in any of the foregoing embodiments is used to execute the technical solution on the first terminal device side of the sending end in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the implementation principles and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of the transmission processing apparatus provided by this application. As shown in FIG. 8, the transmission processing apparatus 20 includes:
  • the receiving module 21 is configured to receive instruction information sent by the first terminal device, where the instruction information is used to indicate that the first terminal device is performing data transmission with time domain overlap, the transmission type of the preempted resource, and the size of the retransmission resource.
  • the processing module 22 is configured to configure retransmission resources for the transmission of the preempted resources according to the instruction information
  • the sending module 23 is configured to send first configuration information to the first terminal device, where the first configuration information includes the retransmission resource.
  • the time domain overlap includes: SL transmission and SL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and uplink UL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and downlink DL transmission Overlap in the time domain.
  • the receiving module 21 is specifically configured to:
  • the MAC PDU includes: the indication information, or a MAC CE including the indication information
  • the NACK message includes a first NACK message and/or a second NACK message, and the first NACK message is The message transmitted by the SL is fed back, and the second NACK message is a message transmitted by the UL feedback.
  • the time domain overlap means that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the first terminal device performs UL transmission, and the receiving module 21 is specifically configured to:
  • the MAC PDU is a data packet transmitted by the UL that has preempted resources, and the MAC PDU carries the indication information or the MAC PDU is used to indicate the indication information.
  • the time domain overlap means that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain
  • the first configuration information is also used to instruct the working mode of the first terminal device to switch from autonomous mode to scheduling mode, or from autonomous mode to scheduling mode.
  • the mode is switched to a combined mode of autonomous mode and dispatch mode.
  • the time domain overlap means that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain
  • the sending module 23 is further configured to:
  • the transmission processing apparatus provided in any of the foregoing embodiments is used to implement the technical solutions on the network device side in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the implementation principles and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a terminal device provided by this application.
  • the terminal device 100 includes: a transmitter 101, a processor 102, and a memory 103; the memory 103 is used to store a computer program.
  • the processor 102 executes the computer program to implement the technical solution on the terminal device side in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a network device provided by this application.
  • the network device 200 includes: a receiver 201, a transmitter 202, a memory 203, and a processor 204; the memory 203 is used for storage A computer program.
  • the processor 204 executes the computer program to implement the technical solution on the network device side in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the number of processors is at least one, which is used to execute the execution instructions stored in the memory, that is, the computer program.
  • the network device is allowed to perform data interaction with the terminal device through the communication interface to execute the technical solutions provided by the foregoing various embodiments.
  • the memory may also be integrated in the processor.
  • the present application also provides a storage medium, the storage medium is used to store a computer program, and the computer program is used to implement the technical solution on the terminal device side in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the present application also provides a storage medium, the storage medium is used to store a computer program, and the computer program is used to implement the technical solution on the network device side in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • This application also provides a computer program product, which when the computer program product runs on a user equipment, causes the user equipment to execute the technical solution on the terminal device side in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, which when the computer program product runs on a network device, causes the network device to execute the technical solution on the network device side in any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the present application also provides a communication system, which at least includes: the terminal device and the network device provided in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, which is used to support the terminal device to implement the function of the transmission processing method in the embodiment of the present application, for example, to send or process the data and/or information involved in the foregoing method.
  • the chip is specifically used
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or can include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the chip includes: a processing unit and a communication unit, the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin or a circuit, etc. .
  • the processing unit executes all or part of the actions performed by the processing module of the terminal device in the embodiment of this application, and the communication unit can execute the corresponding actions performed by the receiving module and the sending module of the terminal device in the embodiment of this application, for example, when the terminal When the receiving module of the device receives a radio frequency signal, the communication unit receives the baseband signal corresponding to the radio frequency signal; when the transmitting module of the terminal device sends a radio frequency signal, the communication unit sends the baseband signal corresponding to the radio frequency signal .
  • the terminal device in this application may be a chip, that is, the processing module of the terminal device is the processing unit of the chip, and the receiving module and the sending module of the terminal device are the communication units of the chip.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a chip, which is used to support a network device to implement the function of the transmission processing method in the embodiment of the present application, for example, to send or process the data and/or information involved in the foregoing method.
  • the chip is specifically used For a chip system, the chip system can be composed of chips, or can include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the chip includes: a processing unit and a communication unit.
  • the processing unit may be, for example, a processor
  • the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin, or a circuit. Wait.
  • the processing unit performs all or part of the actions performed by the processing module of the network device in the embodiment of this application, and the communication unit can perform actions corresponding to the actions performed by the receiving module and the sending module of the network device in the embodiment of this application, for example, when the network device When the receiving module receives a radio frequency signal, the communication unit receives the baseband signal corresponding to the radio frequency signal; when the transmitting module of the network device sends a radio frequency signal, the communication unit sends the baseband signal corresponding to the radio frequency signal.
  • the network device in this application may specifically be a chip, that is, the processing module of the network device is the processing unit of the chip, and the receiving module and the sending module of the network device are the communication units of the chip.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (English: Central Processing Unit, abbreviated as: CPU), or other general-purpose processors or digital signal processors (English: Digital Signal Processor, referred to as DSP), Application Specific Integrated Circuit (English: Application Specific Integrated Circuit, referred to as ASIC), etc.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in this application can be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • All or part of the steps in the foregoing method embodiments can be implemented by a program instructing relevant hardware.
  • the aforementioned program can be stored in a readable memory.
  • the program executes the steps including the above-mentioned method embodiments; and the aforementioned memory (storage medium) includes: read-only memory (English: read-only memory, abbreviation: ROM), RAM, flash memory, hard disk, Solid state hard disk, magnetic tape (English: magnetic tape), floppy disk (English: floppy disk), optical disc (English: optical disc) and any combination thereof.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a transmission processing method and apparatus, a device, and a storage medium. In a process relating to sidelink transmission, if a plurality of transmissions overlap in a time domain, indication information is sent to a network device, the transmissions, which overlap in a time domain, including sidelink (SL) transmissions, the indication information being used for indicating at least one of the occurrence of time domain overlap, the transmission type of the preempted resource, and the size of a retransmission resource. In this way, a network device can determine that an overlap of transmissions in a time domain, that is, a transmission collision, occurs in the process of the terminal device performing sidelink transmission, and that a resource needs to be reconfigured, avoiding the problem of data transmission failure due to the fact that the network device cannot know the occurrence of time domain overlap.

Description

传输处理方法、装置、设备以及存储介质Transmission processing method, device, equipment and storage medium 技术领域Technical field

本申请涉及通信技术,尤其涉及一种传输处理方法、装置、设备以及存储介质。This application relates to communication technology, and in particular to a transmission processing method, device, device, and storage medium.

背景技术Background technique

随着科技的巨大进步与生活水平的逐步提高,人们不再简单的定义汽车为交通运输工具与代步工具,汽车的安全性、环保性、舒适性以及娱乐性等方面的需求越来越大。这些方面需求的急剧增加,导致车载通信的频谱资源短缺、频段拥挤、安全等问题日益突出。而随着新无线(New Radio,NR)通信系统的快速发展,其低时延、高可靠、频谱高效利用等方面的性能可以有效解决当前车联网的问题,因此5G车联网的实现与部署将势在必行。车联网(vehicle to everything,V2X),被认为是物联网体系中最有产业潜力、市场需求最明确的领域之一。With the tremendous progress of science and technology and the gradual improvement of living standards, people no longer simply define cars as a means of transportation and means of transportation. The demand for safety, environmental protection, comfort, and entertainment of cars is increasing. The rapid increase in demand in these areas has led to increasingly prominent issues such as the shortage of spectrum resources, frequency congestion, and security for in-vehicle communications. With the rapid development of the New Radio (NR) communication system, its performance in terms of low latency, high reliability, and efficient use of spectrum can effectively solve the current problems of the Internet of Vehicles. Therefore, the implementation and deployment of 5G Internet of Vehicles will It is imperative. The Internet of Vehicles (vehicle to everything, V2X) is considered to be one of the areas with the most industrial potential and the clearest market demand in the Internet of Things system.

V2X通信中,用户设备(User Equipment,UE)与UE之间可以采用侧行链路(Sidelink,SL)的方式进行通信。在基于Sidelink技术的通信方式中,Sidelink上的资源分配包括两种方式:方式一:基站调度的资源分配(以下简称调度模式,即mode1)。即当进行V2X通信的连接态UE需要在Sidelink上传输数据时,UE需要首先向基站发送缓存状态报告(Buffer Status Report,BSR),报告自己当前需要传输的Sidelink数据量,以便基站根据数据量分配适当大小的Sidelink资源。方式二:UE自主选择资源(以下简称自主模式,即mode2)。即当进行Sidelink通信的UE需要在Sidelink上传输数据时,UE可以在网络设备配置或预配置的资源池中自己选择资源,以在Sidelink上进行数据传输。在具体的UE向UE进行侧行链路数据传输时,在NR V2X的讨论中,当接收端(Receive,RX)UE没有成功接收或者成功解码发送端(Transmit,TX)UE发送的某个传输(Transport Block,TB)块,则RX UE向TX UE反馈NACK,TX UE接收到NACK后,向基站请求重传该TB块的SL资源,请求的方式包括以下两种:Option 1:TX UE直接向基站上报NACK,基站接收到NACK后为TX UE调度重传资源;Option 2:TX UE向基站上报重传SL TB块对应的HARQ进程号,基站接收到HARQ进程号后,为TX UE调度HARQ进程对应的TB的大小所需的SL资源。In V2X communication, a side link (Sidelink, SL) method can be used for communication between a user equipment (User Equipment, UE) and the UE. In the communication method based on Sidelink technology, resource allocation on Sidelink includes two methods: Method 1: Resource allocation by base station scheduling (hereinafter referred to as scheduling mode, namely mode 1). That is, when a connected UE in V2X communication needs to transmit data on Sidelink, the UE needs to first send a Buffer Status Report (BSR) to the base station to report the amount of Sidelink data it needs to transmit so that the base station can allocate according to the amount of data Sidelink resources of appropriate size. Mode 2: The UE autonomously selects resources (hereinafter referred to as autonomous mode, namely mode2). That is, when the UE performing Sidelink communication needs to transmit data on the Sidelink, the UE can select resources by itself in the resource pool configured or pre-configured by the network device to perform data transmission on the Sidelink. When a specific UE transmits sidelink data to the UE, in the discussion of NR V2X, when the receiving end (Receive, RX) UE fails to receive or successfully decodes a certain transmission sent by the transmitting end (Transmit, TX) UE (Transport Block, TB) block, the RX UE feeds back the NACK to the TX UE. After the TX UE receives the NACK, it requests the base station to retransmit the SL resources of the TB block. The request methods include the following two ways: Option 1: TX UE directly Report NACK to the base station. After receiving the NACK, the base station schedules retransmission resources for the TX UE; Option 2: TX UE reports the HARQ process number corresponding to the retransmission SL TB block to the base station. After the base station receives the HARQ process number, it schedules HARQ for the TX UE The SL resources required by the size of the TB corresponding to the process.

然而,上述的现有技术,若SL与上行链路(Uplink,UL),或者SL传输与SL传输在时域上重叠,也就是产生传输冲突,且优先了某一次SL传输,基站无法知道发生了时域重叠,也不能重新为UL或者SL分配重传资源,导致UL或者SL传输失败。However, in the above-mentioned prior art, if SL and uplink (Uplink, UL), or SL transmission and SL transmission overlap in the time domain, that is, a transmission conflict occurs, and a certain SL transmission is prioritized, the base station cannot know that it has occurred. If the time domain overlaps, the UL or SL cannot be re-allocated with retransmission resources, resulting in UL or SL transmission failure.

发明内容Summary of the invention

本申请提供一种传输处理方法、装置、设备以及存储介质,用于解决目前的技术方 案中,基站无法知道发生了时域重叠,也不能重新为UL或者SL分配重传资源,导致UL或者SL传输失败的问题。This application provides a transmission processing method, device, equipment, and storage medium, which are used to solve the current technical solution. The base station cannot know that time domain overlap has occurred, nor can it re-allocate retransmission resources for UL or SL, resulting in UL or SL. The problem of transmission failure.

第一方面,本申请提供一种传输处理方法,应用于第一终端设备,所述方法包括:In the first aspect, this application provides a transmission processing method applied to a first terminal device, and the method includes:

发生多个传输在时域重叠时,向网络设备发送指示信息,其中,发生时域重叠的传输包括侧行链路SL传输,所述指示信息用于指示发生了时域重叠,被抢占资源的传输类型以及重传资源大小中的一个或多个。When multiple transmissions overlap in the time domain, an indication information is sent to the network device, where the transmission in the time domain overlap includes sidelink SL transmission, and the indication information is used to indicate that the time domain overlap occurs and the resource is preempted. One or more of transmission type and retransmission resource size.

在该方案中,应理解该时域重叠包括不同的传输在时域上全部重叠或者部分重叠的情况。指示信息用来指示被抢占的资源的传输类型,主要是用来指示在时域重叠发生时候,资源被抢占了的传输时哪个,具体的,可以用来指示是UL传输被抢占了资源,或者是SL传输被抢占了资源,或者是DL被抢占了资源等。In this solution, it should be understood that the time domain overlap includes the case where different transmissions overlap completely or partially in the time domain. The indication information is used to indicate the transmission type of the preempted resource, which is mainly used to indicate which transmission is the resource preempted when the time domain overlap occurs. Specifically, it can be used to indicate that the UL transmission has preempted the resource, or It is the SL transmission that is preempted of resources, or the DL is preempted of resources, etc.

可选的,还应用理解,这里的重传资源大小是根据被抢占资源的大小确定的。Optionally, it should be understood that the size of the retransmission resource here is determined according to the size of the preempted resource.

本方案提供的传输处理方案,在发生了两个或者更多个传输在时域上重叠的情况之后,向网络设备发送一个指示信息,以便网络设备能够确定该终端设备在进行侧行链路传输过程中,发生了传输时域重叠,也就是传输冲突,需要重新配置资源,避免了网络设备无法知道发生了时域重叠,导致UL或者SL传输失败的问题。The transmission processing solution provided by this solution sends an indication message to the network device after two or more transmissions overlap in the time domain, so that the network device can determine that the terminal device is performing sidelink transmission In the process, transmission time domain overlap occurs, that is, transmission conflict, and resources need to be reconfigured, which avoids the problem that network equipment cannot know that time domain overlap has occurred, causing UL or SL transmission to fail.

在一种具体实施方式中,所述时域重叠包括:SL传输与SL传输之间在时域重叠,或者,SL传输与上行链路UL传输之间在时域重叠,或者,SL传输与下行链路DL传输在时域重叠。In a specific embodiment, the time domain overlap includes: SL transmission and SL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and uplink UL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and downlink transmission are overlapped in time domain. Link DL transmission overlaps in the time domain.

在该方案的一种具体实现中,该传输处理方法还可以应用在UL传输和UL传输发生时域重叠的情况下,具体的,在这种情况下,第一终端设备侧的该传输处理方法,包括:In a specific implementation of the solution, the transmission processing method can also be applied when UL transmission and UL transmission overlap in time domain. Specifically, in this case, the transmission processing method on the first terminal device side ,include:

发生UL传输与UL传输在时域重叠时,向网络设备发送指示信息,其中,所述指示信息用于指示发生了时域重叠,被抢占资源的传输类型以及重传资源大小中的一个或多个。When UL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, the indication information is sent to the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate that the time domain overlap occurs, the transmission type of the preempted resource, and the size of the retransmission resource. A.

在该方案中,应理解该时域重叠包括不同的传输在时域上全部重叠或者部分重叠的情况。指示信息用来指示被抢占的资源的传输类型,主要是用来指示在时域重叠发生时候,资源被抢占了的传输时哪个,具体的,可以用来指示是UL传输被抢占了资源。In this solution, it should be understood that the time domain overlap includes the case where different transmissions overlap completely or partially in the time domain. The indication information is used to indicate the transmission type of the preempted resource, which is mainly used to indicate which transmission is preempted when the time domain overlap occurs. Specifically, it can be used to indicate that the UL transmission has preempted the resource.

在上述的几种方案的具体实施方式中,所述向网络设备发送指示信息之前,所述方法还包括:In the specific implementation manners of the above several solutions, before the sending the instruction information to the network device, the method further includes:

根据所述时域重叠,确定所述指示信息。Determine the indication information according to the time domain overlap.

该方案中,SL传输包括以下任意一个或多个:mode1、mode2,DG,CG;DL传输或者UL传输包括以下任意一个或多个:DG,CG,对此不做限制。In this solution, SL transmission includes any one or more of the following: mode1, mode2, DG, CG; DL transmission or UL transmission includes any one or more of the following: DG, CG, and there is no restriction on this.

在一种具体实施方式中,所述向网络发送指示信息,包括:In a specific implementation manner, the sending instruction information to the network includes:

向所述网络设备发送MAC PDU,所述MAC PDU包括:所述指示信息,或者,包含所述指示信息的MAC CE;Sending a MAC PDU to the network device, where the MAC PDU includes: the indication information, or a MAC CE including the indication information;

或者,or,

向所述网络设备发送RRC消息,所述RRC消息包括所述指示信息;Sending an RRC message to the network device, where the RRC message includes the indication information;

或者,or,

向所述网络设备发送调度请求SR,所述SR用于指示所述指示信息;Sending a scheduling request SR to the network device, where the SR is used to indicate the indication information;

或者,or,

向所述网络设备发送非确认NACK消息,所述NACK消息用于指示所述指示信息。Sending a non-acknowledged NACK message to the network device, where the NACK message is used to indicate the indication information.

在上述方案的基础上,所述向所述网络设备发送非确认NACK消息之前,所述方法还包括:On the basis of the above solution, before the sending a non-acknowledged NACK message to the network device, the method further includes:

触发生成所述NACK消息,所述NACK消息包括第一NACK消息和/或第二NACK消息,所述第一NACK消息是反馈SL传输的消息,所述第二NACK消息是反馈UL传输的消息。The NACK message is triggered to be generated, the NACK message includes a first NACK message and/or a second NACK message, the first NACK message is a message for feeding back SL transmission, and the second NACK message is a message for feeding back UL transmission.

在另一种具体实施方式中,所述时域重叠为SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,且执行了UL传输,则所述向网络设备发送指示信息,包括:In another specific implementation manner, the time domain overlap is that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and UL transmission is performed, then the sending instruction information to the network device includes:

向所述网络设备发送MAC PDU,所述MAC PDU中携带所述指示信息,或者,所述MAC PDU用于指示所述指示信息。Send a MAC PDU to the network device, where the MAC PDU carries the indication information, or the MAC PDU is used to indicate the indication information.

该方案中,该第一终端设备可以不额外使用新的信息去发送指示信息,可以将该指示信息放在本来要发送的上行PDU中。In this solution, the first terminal device may not additionally use new information to send the indication information, and may put the indication information in the uplink PDU to be sent originally.

在上述任一方案的基础上,若检测到SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,则所述向网络设备发送指示信息之前,所述方法还包括:On the basis of any of the above solutions, if it is detected that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, before the sending the instruction information to the network device, the method further includes:

所述第一终端设备与所述网络设备之间的Uu链路满足预设条件,向第二终端设备发送业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述Uu链路的链路质量小于预设值;When the Uu link between the first terminal device and the network device meets a preset condition, the service data is sent to the second terminal device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: a wireless link is detected The path fails RLF, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the Uu link is less than a preset value;

或者,or,

所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路满足预设条件,向网络设备发送业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生侧行无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述侧行链路的链路质量小于预设值。The side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device satisfies a preset condition and sends service data to the network device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: the occurrence side is detected The uplink radio link fails RLF, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side uplink is less than the preset value.

本方案的含义是,对于SL和UL传输之间存在时域重叠时,可以根据链路质量选择具体进行哪个传输,例如,侧行链路的链路质量更好,上行链路的链路出现链路失败,或者链路质量特别低的时候,则可以选择进行侧行链路的传输;或者上行链路的链路质量更好,侧行链路的链路出现链路失败,或者链路质量特别低的时候,则可以选择进行上行链路的传输等,通过这种方式可以避免由于优先级的限制,在链路质量不好的时候发生重叠,导致两个传输均失败的问题。The meaning of this scheme is that when there is time domain overlap between SL and UL transmissions, which transmission can be selected according to the link quality, for example, the link quality of the side link is better, and the link of the uplink appears When the link fails, or the link quality is particularly low, you can choose to transmit on the side link; or the link quality of the uplink is better, the link of the side link fails, or the link When the quality is particularly low, you can choose to perform uplink transmission, etc. In this way, you can avoid the problem of overlapping when the link quality is not good due to priority restrictions, causing both transmissions to fail.

在另一种具体实施方式中,检测到SL传输与DL传输在时域重叠,则所述向网络设备发送指示信息之前,所述方法还包括:In another specific implementation manner, if it is detected that SL transmission and DL transmission overlap in the time domain, before the sending the instruction information to the network device, the method further includes:

所述第一终端设备与所述网络设备之间的Uu链路满足预设条件,向第二终端设备发送业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述Uu链路的链路质量小于预设值;When the Uu link between the first terminal device and the network device meets a preset condition, the service data is sent to the second terminal device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: RLF is detected, The upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the Uu link is less than a preset value;

或者,or,

所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路满足预设条件,接收网络设备发送的业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生侧行RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述侧行链路的链路质量小于预设值。The side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device satisfies a preset condition, and receives service data sent by the network device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: For side-line RLF, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side-line link is less than a preset value.

与上述类似,本方案可以避免SL和DL传输发生时域重叠时,能够选择链路质量较好的传输进行执行,避免两个传输均失败的问题。Similar to the above, this solution can avoid the time domain overlap of SL and DL transmissions, and can select the transmission with better link quality for execution, avoiding the problem of failure of both transmissions.

在上述方案的基础上,所述方法还包括:On the basis of the above solution, the method further includes:

SL传输被抢占的次数达到预设次数,则所述第一终端设备的工作模式从调度模式切换 至自主模式,或者,从调度模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。The number of times that the SL transmission is preempted reaches the preset number of times, the working mode of the first terminal device is switched from the scheduling mode to the autonomous mode, or from the scheduling mode to the combined mode of the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode.

当第一终端设备与网络设备之间的链路上的上行或者下行传输抢占SL的次数较多的时候,为了保证传输效率,需要将第一种终端设备的工作模式进行切换,增加网络设备对终端设备资源的调度,避免侧行链路的数据丢失。When the uplink or downlink transmission on the link between the first terminal device and the network device seizes the SL for a large number of times, in order to ensure transmission efficiency, it is necessary to switch the working mode of the first terminal device to increase the network device pairing. Scheduling of terminal equipment resources to avoid data loss on side links.

在另一种具体实施方式中,检测到第一SL传输与第二SL传输在时域重叠,则所述向网络设备发送指示信息之前,所述方法还包括:In another specific implementation manner, if it is detected that the first SL transmission and the second SL transmission overlap in the time domain, before the sending the instruction information to the network device, the method further includes:

第一SL传输对应的第一侧行链路满足预设条件,则进行第二SL传输;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生侧行RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述第一侧行链路的链路质量小于预设值。The first side link corresponding to the first SL transmission satisfies the preset condition, then the second SL transmission is performed; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: a side RLF is detected, and the upper layer/physical layer indicates RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the first side uplink is less than a preset value.

与上述类似的,在SL和SL传输之间出现时域重叠,也可以根据链路的质量选择进行哪一个传输。Similar to the above, there is a time domain overlap between SL and SL transmissions, and which transmission can be selected according to the quality of the link.

在上述任一实施方式的基础上,所述方法还包括:On the basis of any of the foregoing embodiments, the method further includes:

接收所述网络设备发送的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息中包括所述网络设备为被抢占了资源的传输配置的重传资源;Receiving first configuration information sent by the network device, where the first configuration information includes a retransmission resource configured by the network device for a transmission that has preempted resources;

根据所述第一配置信息,传输由于时域重叠未发送的数据。According to the first configuration information, data that has not been sent due to time domain overlap is transmitted.

在通过上述任一方案向网络设备指示了第一终端设备发生了时域重叠之后,网络设备可以为被抢占资源的传输配置重传资源,以便第一终端设备将未传输的数据完成传输。After indicating to the network device that the time domain overlap occurs in the first terminal device through any of the foregoing solutions, the network device may configure retransmission resources for the transmission of the preempted resource, so that the first terminal device can complete the transmission of the untransmitted data.

可选的,所述时域重叠是SL传输与UL传输在时域的重叠,所述第一配置信息还用于指示所述第一终端设备的工作模式从自主模式切换至调度模式,或者从自主模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。Optionally, the time domain overlap is the overlap of SL transmission and UL transmission in the time domain, and the first configuration information is also used to instruct the working mode of the first terminal device to switch from autonomous mode to scheduling mode, or from The autonomous mode is switched to a combined mode of autonomous mode and dispatch mode.

可选的,所述时域重叠SL传输与UL传输在时域的重叠,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the time domain overlap SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the method further includes:

接收所述网络设备发送的第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的工作模式从自主模式切换至调度模式,或者从自主模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。Receive second configuration information sent by the network device, where the second configuration information is used to instruct the operating mode of the first terminal device to switch from the autonomous mode to the scheduling mode, or from the autonomous mode to the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode Combination mode.

为了保证传输效率,网络设备可以配置将第一种终端设备的工作模式进行切换,增加网络设备对终端设备资源的调度,具体可以通过第一配置消息进行指示,也可以再发送一个配置信息进行指示。In order to ensure transmission efficiency, the network device can be configured to switch the working mode of the first terminal device to increase the network device's scheduling of terminal device resources. Specifically, the first configuration message can be used to indicate, or another configuration message can be sent to indicate .

第二方面,本申请提供一种传输处理方法,应用于网络设备,所述方法包括:In the second aspect, this application provides a transmission processing method applied to a network device, and the method includes:

接收第一终端设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备进行数据传输时发生了时域重叠、被抢占资源的传输类型以及重传资源大小中的一个或多个;Receive indication information sent by the first terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate one or more of the time domain overlap, the transmission type of the preempted resource, and the size of the retransmission resource when the first terminal device performs data transmission ;

根据所述指示信息,为被抢占资源的传输配置重传资源;According to the instruction information, configure retransmission resources for the transmission of the preempted resources;

向所述第一终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括所述重传资源。Sending first configuration information to the first terminal device, where the first configuration information includes the retransmission resource.

网络设备在接收到第一终端设备发生了时域重叠的指示之后,网络设备可以为被抢占资源的传输配置重传资源,以便第一终端设备将未传输的数据完成传输。After the network device receives the indication that the time domain overlap has occurred in the first terminal device, the network device may configure retransmission resources for the transmission of the preempted resource, so that the first terminal device completes the transmission of the untransmitted data.

在一种具体实施方式中,所述时域重叠包括:SL传输与SL传输之间在时域重叠,或者,SL传输与上行链路UL传输之间在时域重叠,或者,SL传输与下行链路DL传输在时域重叠。In a specific embodiment, the time domain overlap includes: SL transmission and SL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and uplink UL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and downlink transmission are overlapped in time domain. Link DL transmission overlaps in the time domain.

在该方案的一种具体实现中,该传输处理方法还可以应用在UL传输和UL传输发生时域重叠的情况下,具体的,在这种情况下,网络设备侧的该传输处理方法,包括:In a specific implementation of the solution, the transmission processing method can also be applied when UL transmission and UL transmission overlap in time domain. Specifically, in this case, the transmission processing method on the network device side includes :

接收第一终端设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备进行数据传输时发生了时域重叠、被抢占资源的传输类型以及重传资源大小中的一个或多个;Receive indication information sent by the first terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate one or more of the time domain overlap, the transmission type of the preempted resource, and the size of the retransmission resource when the first terminal device performs data transmission ;

根据所述指示信息,为被抢占资源的传输配置重传资源;According to the instruction information, configure retransmission resources for the transmission of the preempted resources;

向所述第一终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括所述重传资源。Sending first configuration information to the first terminal device, where the first configuration information includes the retransmission resource.

在上述几种方案的一种具体实施方式中,所述接收第一终端设备发送的指示信息,包括:In a specific implementation manner of the above several solutions, the receiving the instruction information sent by the first terminal device includes:

接收所述第一终端设备发送的MAC PDU,所述MAC PDU包括:所述指示信息,或者,包含所述指示信息的MAC CE;Receiving a MAC PDU sent by the first terminal device, where the MAC PDU includes: the indication information, or a MAC CE including the indication information;

或者,or,

接收所述第一终端设备发送的RRC消息,所述RRC消息包括所述指示信息;Receiving an RRC message sent by the first terminal device, where the RRC message includes the indication information;

或者,or,

接收所述第一终端设备发送的调度请求SR,所述SR包括所述指示信息;Receiving a scheduling request SR sent by the first terminal device, where the SR includes the indication information;

或者,or,

接收所述第一终端设备发送的非确认NACK消息,所述NACK消息用于指示所述指示信息,所述NACK消息包括第一NACK消息和/或第二NACK消息,所述第一NACK消息是反馈SL传输的消息,所述第二NACK消息是反馈UL传输的消息。Receiving a non-acknowledged NACK message sent by the first terminal device, where the NACK message is used to indicate the indication information, the NACK message includes a first NACK message and/or a second NACK message, and the first NACK message is The message transmitted by the SL is fed back, and the second NACK message is a message transmitted by the UL feedback.

在一种具体实施方式中,所述时域重叠为SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,且所述第一终端设备执行了UL传输,所述接收第一终端设备发送的指示信息,包括:In a specific implementation manner, the time domain overlap is that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the first terminal device performs UL transmission, and the receiving the indication information sent by the first terminal device includes:

接收所述第一终端设备发送的MAC PDU,所述MAC PDU为抢占了资源的所述UL传输的数据包,所述MAC PDU中携带所述指示信息或者所述MAC PDU用于指示所述指示信息。Receive a MAC PDU sent by the first terminal device, where the MAC PDU is a data packet transmitted by the UL that has preempted resources, and the MAC PDU carries the indication information or the MAC PDU is used to indicate the indication information.

可选的,所述时域重叠为SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,所述第一配置信息还用于指示所述第一终端设备的工作模式从自主模式切换至调度模式,或者从自主模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。Optionally, the time domain overlap means that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the first configuration information is also used to instruct the working mode of the first terminal device to switch from autonomous mode to scheduling mode, or from autonomous mode to scheduling mode. The mode is switched to a combined mode of autonomous mode and dispatch mode.

可选的,所述时域重叠为SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the time domain overlap is that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the method further includes:

向所述第一终端设备发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的工作模式从自主模式切换至调度模式,或者从自主模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。Send second configuration information to the first terminal device, where the second configuration information is used to instruct the working mode of the first terminal device to switch from the autonomous mode to the scheduling mode, or from the autonomous mode to the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode The combination mode.

第三方面,本申请提供一种传输处理方法,应用于第一终端设备,所述方法包括:In a third aspect, the present application provides a transmission processing method, which is applied to a first terminal device, and the method includes:

检测到第一链路的传输和第二链路的传输在时域重叠,获取所述第一链路的链路质量;It is detected that the transmission of the first link and the transmission of the second link overlap in the time domain, and the link quality of the first link is acquired;

若所述第一链路的链路质量满足预设条件,则进行所述第二链路的传输,其中,所述预设条件包括以下至少一个:检测到发生RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,链路质量小于预设值。If the link quality of the first link meets a preset condition, the second link is transmitted, where the preset condition includes at least one of the following: RLF is detected, and the upper layer/physical layer indicates that it occurs With RLF, the link quality is less than the preset value.

本方案提供一种在可能出现时域重叠的时候,选择传输链路的方案,如果其中一个链路的链路失败,或者链路质量较差,则可以不按照优先级或者预设的顺序进行选择,可以根据链路质量选择另一个链路的传输进行,避免由于链路质量导致两个传输均失败。This solution provides a solution for selecting transmission links when there may be overlap in the time domain. If one of the links fails or the link quality is poor, you can proceed without priority or preset order In the selection, another link can be selected for transmission according to the link quality to avoid failure of both transmissions due to the link quality.

在上述方案的一种具体实施方式中,第一链路为SL,第二链路为UL,则若所述第一链路的链路质量满足预设条件,则进行所述第二链路的传输,包括:In a specific implementation of the above solution, the first link is SL and the second link is UL, and if the link quality of the first link meets the preset condition, the second link is performed The transmission includes:

所述第一终端设备与所述网络设备之间的Uu链路满足预设条件,向第二终端设备发 送SL的业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下至少一个:检测到发生无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述Uu链路的链路质量小于预设值;When the Uu link between the first terminal device and the network device meets a preset condition, the service data of SL is sent to the second terminal device; wherein, the preset condition includes at least one of the following: a wireless link is detected The path fails RLF, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the Uu link is less than a preset value;

或者,or,

所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路满足预设条件,向网络设备发送UL的业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下至少一个:检测到发生侧行无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述侧行链路的链路质量小于预设值。The side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device satisfies a preset condition, and sends UL service data to the network device; wherein the preset condition includes at least one of the following: the occurrence side is detected The uplink radio link fails RLF, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side uplink is less than the preset value.

本方案的含义是,对于SL和UL传输之间存在时域重叠时,可以根据链路质量选择具体进行哪个传输,例如,侧行链路的链路质量更好,上行链路的链路出现链路失败,或者链路质量特别低的时候,则可以选择进行侧行链路的传输;或者上行链路的链路质量更好,侧行链路的链路出现链路失败,或者链路质量特别低的时候,则可以选择进行上行链路的传输等,通过这种方式可以避免由于优先级的限制,在链路质量不好的时候发生重叠,导致两个传输均失败的问题。The meaning of this scheme is that when there is time domain overlap between SL and UL transmissions, which transmission can be selected according to the link quality, for example, the link quality of the side link is better, and the link of the uplink appears When the link fails, or the link quality is particularly low, you can choose to transmit on the side link; or the link quality of the uplink is better, the link of the side link fails, or the link When the quality is particularly low, you can choose to perform uplink transmission, etc. In this way, you can avoid the problem of overlapping when the link quality is not good due to priority restrictions, causing both transmissions to fail.

在另一种具体实施方式中,第一链路为SL第二链路为DL,则若所述第一链路的链路质量满足预设条件,则进行所述第二链路的传输,包括:In another specific embodiment, the first link is SL and the second link is DL, and if the link quality of the first link meets a preset condition, the second link is transmitted, include:

所述第一终端设备与所述网络设备之间的Uu链路满足预设条件,向第二终端设备发送SL的业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下至少一个:检测到发生RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述Uu链路的链路质量小于预设值;When the Uu link between the first terminal device and the network device meets a preset condition, the SL service data is sent to the second terminal device; wherein, the preset condition includes at least one of the following: RLF is detected, The upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the Uu link is less than a preset value;

或者,or,

所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路满足预设条件,接收网络设备发送DL的业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下至少一个:检测到发生侧行RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述侧行链路的链路质量小于预设值。The side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device satisfies a preset condition, and receives the service data of the DL sent by the network device; wherein, the preset condition includes at least one of the following: the occurrence side is detected RLF is performed, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side link is less than a preset value.

与上述类似,本方案可以避免SL和DL传输发生时域重叠时,能够选择链路质量较好的传输进行执行,避免两个传输均失败的问题。Similar to the above, this solution can avoid the time domain overlap of SL and DL transmissions, and can select the transmission with better link quality for execution, avoiding the problem of failure of both transmissions.

在上述方案的基础上,所述方法还包括:On the basis of the above solution, the method further includes:

SL传输被抢占的次数达到预设次数,则所述第一终端设备的工作模式从调度模式切换至自主模式,或者,从调度模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。The number of times that the SL transmission is preempted reaches the preset number of times, then the working mode of the first terminal device is switched from the scheduling mode to the autonomous mode, or from the scheduling mode to the combined mode of the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode.

当第一终端设备与网络设备之间的链路上的上行或者下行传输被抢占的次数较多的时候,为了保证传输效率,需要将第一种终端设备的工作模式进行切换,增加网络设备对终端设备资源的调度。When the uplink or downlink transmission on the link between the first terminal device and the network device is preempted for a large number of times, in order to ensure transmission efficiency, it is necessary to switch the working mode of the first terminal device to increase the network device pairing. Scheduling of terminal equipment resources.

在另一种具体实施方式中,第一链路和第二链路均为SL,则若所述第一链路的链路质量满足预设条件,则进行所述第二链路的传输,包括:In another specific embodiment, the first link and the second link are both SL, and if the link quality of the first link meets the preset condition, then the second link is transmitted, include:

进行第一SL传输的第一侧行链路满足预设条件,则进行第二SL传输;其中,所述预设条件包括以下至少一个:检测到发生侧行RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述第一侧行链路的链路质量小于预设值。The first side link for the first SL transmission meets the preset condition, then the second SL transmission is performed; wherein, the preset condition includes at least one of the following: the occurrence of side RLF is detected, and the upper/physical layer indicates that the occurrence RLF, the link quality of the first side uplink is less than a preset value.

与上述类似的,在SL和SL传输之间出现时域重叠,也可以根据链路的质量选择进行哪一个传输。Similar to the above, there is a time domain overlap between SL and SL transmissions, and which transmission can be selected according to the quality of the link.

第四方面,本申请提供一种传输处理装置,包括:处理模块和发送模块;In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a transmission processing device, including: a processing module and a sending module;

所述发送模块用于在所述处理模块检测到发生多个传输在时域重叠时,向网络设备发送指示信息,其中,发生时域重叠的传输包括侧行链路SL传输,所述指示信息用于指示 发生了时域重叠,被抢占资源的传输类型以及重传资源大小中的一个或多个。The sending module is configured to send indication information to the network device when the processing module detects that multiple transmissions overlap in the time domain, where the transmission in the time domain overlap includes side link SL transmission, and the indication information It is used to indicate one or more of the time domain overlap, the transmission type of the preempted resource, and the size of the retransmission resource.

可选的,所述处理模块还用于根据所述时域重叠,确定所述指示信息。Optionally, the processing module is further configured to determine the indication information according to the time domain overlap.

可选的,所述时域重叠包括:SL传输与SL传输之间在时域重叠,或者,SL传输与上行链路UL传输之间在时域重叠,或者,SL传输与下行链路DL传输在时域重叠。Optionally, the time domain overlap includes: SL transmission and SL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and uplink UL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and downlink DL transmission Overlap in the time domain.

可选的,所述发送模块具体用于:Optionally, the sending module is specifically used for:

向所述网络设备发送MAC PDU,所述MAC PDU包括:所述指示信息,或者,包含所述指示信息的MAC CE;Sending a MAC PDU to the network device, where the MAC PDU includes: the indication information, or a MAC CE including the indication information;

或者,or,

向所述网络设备发送RRC消息,所述RRC消息包括所述指示信息;Sending an RRC message to the network device, where the RRC message includes the indication information;

或者,or,

向所述网络设备发送调度请求SR,所述SR用于指示所述指示信息;Sending a scheduling request SR to the network device, where the SR is used to indicate the indication information;

或者,or,

向所述网络设备发送非确认NACK消息,所述NACK消息用于指示所述指示信息。Sending a non-acknowledged NACK message to the network device, where the NACK message is used to indicate the indication information.

可选的,所述处理模块还用于触发或生成所述NACK消息,所述NACK消息包括第一NACK消息和/或第二NACK消息,所述第一NACK消息是反馈SL传输的消息,所述第二NACK消息是反馈UL传输的消息。Optionally, the processing module is further configured to trigger or generate the NACK message, the NACK message includes a first NACK message and/or a second NACK message, and the first NACK message is a message for feeding back SL transmission, so The second NACK message is a message for feeding back UL transmission.

可选的,所述时域重叠为SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,且执行了UL传输,则所述发送模块还用于:Optionally, the time domain overlap means that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and UL transmission is performed, then the sending module is further configured to:

向所述网络设备发送MAC PDU,所述MAC PDU中携带所述指示信息,或者,所述MAC PDU用于指示所述重传指示。Send a MAC PDU to the network device, where the MAC PDU carries the indication information, or the MAC PDU is used to indicate the retransmission instruction.

可选的,检测到SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,则所述发送模块还用于:Optionally, if it is detected that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, the sending module is further configured to:

所述传输处理装置与所述网络设备之间的Uu链路满足预设条件,向第二终端设备发送业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述Uu链路的链路质量小于预设值;The Uu link between the transmission processing apparatus and the network device satisfies a preset condition and sends service data to the second terminal device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: a wireless link is detected If RLF fails, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the Uu link is less than a preset value;

或者,or,

所述传输处理装置与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路满足预设条件,向网络设备发送业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生侧行无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述侧行链路的链路质量小于预设值。The side link between the transmission processing apparatus and the second terminal device satisfies a preset condition, and sends service data to the network device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: a side link is detected The radio link fails RLF, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side link is less than a preset value.

可选的,检测到SL传输与DL传输在时域重叠,则所述装置还包括:接收模块;Optionally, if it is detected that SL transmission and DL transmission overlap in the time domain, the apparatus further includes: a receiving module;

所述传输处理装置与所述网络设备之间的Uu链路满足预设条件,所述发送模块还用于向第二终端设备发送业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述Uu链路的链路质量小于预设值;The Uu link between the transmission processing apparatus and the network device satisfies a preset condition, and the sending module is further configured to send service data to a second terminal device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following : It is detected that a radio link failure RLF has occurred, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the Uu link is less than a preset value;

或者,or,

所述传输处理装置与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路满足预设条件,所述接收模块用于接收网络设备发送的业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下至少一个:检测到发生侧行无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述侧行链路的链路质量小于预设值。The side link between the transmission processing apparatus and the second terminal device satisfies a preset condition, and the receiving module is configured to receive service data sent by the network device; wherein the preset condition includes at least one of the following: It is detected that the side-line radio link failure RLF has occurred, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that the RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side-line link is less than a preset value.

可选的,所述处理模块还用于:Optionally, the processing module is also used to:

SL传输被抢占的次数达到预设次数,则将所述传输处理装置的工作模式从调度模式切 换至自主模式,或者,从调度模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。When the number of times that the SL transmission is preempted reaches the preset number, the working mode of the transmission processing device is switched from the scheduling mode to the autonomous mode, or from the scheduling mode to the combined mode of the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode.

可选的,检测到第一SL传输与第二SL传输在时域重叠,则所述处理模块还用于:Optionally, if it is detected that the first SL transmission and the second SL transmission overlap in the time domain, the processing module is further configured to:

进行第一SL传输的第一侧行链路满足预设条件,则进行第二SL传输;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生侧行无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述第一侧行链路的链路质量小于预设值。The first side link for the first SL transmission meets the preset condition, then the second SL transmission is performed; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: the occurrence of the side link radio link failure RLF is detected, and the upper layer /The physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the first side uplink is less than a preset value.

可选的,所述装置还包括:Optionally, the device further includes:

接收模块,用于接收所述网络设备发送的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息中包括所述网络设备为被抢占了资源的传输配置的重传资源;A receiving module, configured to receive first configuration information sent by the network device, where the first configuration information includes the retransmission resource configured by the network device for the transmission that is preempted by the resource;

所述发送模块还用于根据所述第一配置信息,传输由于时域重叠未发送的数据。The sending module is further configured to transmit data that has not been sent due to time domain overlap according to the first configuration information.

可选的,所述时域重叠是SL传输与UL传输在时域的重叠,所述第一配置信息还用于指示所述传输处理装置的工作模式从自主模式切换至调度模式,或者从自主模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。Optionally, the time domain overlap is the overlap of SL transmission and UL transmission in the time domain, and the first configuration information is also used to instruct the working mode of the transmission processing apparatus to switch from autonomous mode to scheduling mode, or from autonomous mode to scheduling mode. The mode is switched to a combined mode of autonomous mode and dispatch mode.

可选的,所述时域重叠SL传输与UL传输在时域的重叠,所述接收模块还用于:Optionally, the time domain overlap SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the receiving module is further configured to:

接收所述网络设备发送的第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示所述传输处理装置的工作模式从自主模式切换至调度模式,或者从自主模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。Receive second configuration information sent by the network device, where the second configuration information is used to instruct the working mode of the transmission processing device to switch from the autonomous mode to the scheduling mode, or from the autonomous mode to a combination of the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode mode.

第五方面,本申请提供一种传输处理装置,包括:In a fifth aspect, this application provides a transmission processing device, including:

接收模块,用于接收第一终端设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备进行数据传输时发生了时域重叠、被抢占资源的传输类型以及重传资源大小中的一个或多个;The receiving module is configured to receive indication information sent by the first terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate that time domain overlap occurs when the first terminal device performs data transmission, the transmission type of the preempted resource, and the size of the retransmission resource One or more of

处理模块,用于根据所述指示信息,为被抢占资源的传输配置重传资源;A processing module, configured to configure retransmission resources for the transmission of preempted resources according to the instruction information;

发送模块,用于向所述第一终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括所述重传资源。The sending module is configured to send first configuration information to the first terminal device, where the first configuration information includes the retransmission resource.

可选的,所述时域重叠包括:SL传输与SL传输之间在时域重叠,或者,SL传输与上行链路UL传输之间在时域重叠,或者,SL传输与下行链路DL传输在时域重叠。Optionally, the time domain overlap includes: SL transmission and SL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and uplink UL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and downlink DL transmission Overlap in the time domain.

可选的,所述接收模块具体用于:Optionally, the receiving module is specifically configured to:

接收所述第一终端设备发送的MAC PDU,所述MAC PDU包括:所述指示信息,或者,包含所述指示信息的MAC CE;Receiving a MAC PDU sent by the first terminal device, where the MAC PDU includes: the indication information, or a MAC CE including the indication information;

或者,or,

接收所述第一终端设备发送的RRC消息,所述RRC消息包括所述指示信息;Receiving an RRC message sent by the first terminal device, where the RRC message includes the indication information;

或者,or,

接收所述第一终端设备发送的调度请求SR,所述SR包括所述指示信息;Receiving a scheduling request SR sent by the first terminal device, where the SR includes the indication information;

或者,or,

接收所述第一终端设备发送的非确认NACK消息,所述NACK消息用于指示所述指示信息,所述NACK消息包括第一NACK消息和/或第二NACK消息,所述第一NACK消息是反馈SL传输的消息,所述第二NACK消息是反馈UL传输的消息。Receiving a non-acknowledged NACK message sent by the first terminal device, where the NACK message is used to indicate the indication information, the NACK message includes a first NACK message and/or a second NACK message, and the first NACK message is The message transmitted by the SL is fed back, and the second NACK message is a message transmitted by the UL feedback.

可选的,所述时域重叠为SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,且所述第一终端设备执行了UL传输,所述接收模块具体用于:Optionally, the time domain overlap means that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the first terminal device performs UL transmission, and the receiving module is specifically configured to:

接收所述第一终端设备发送的MAC PDU,所述MAC PDU为抢占了资源的所述UL 传输的数据包,所述MAC PDU中携带所述指示信息或者所述MAC PDU用于指示所述指示信息。Receive a MAC PDU sent by the first terminal device, where the MAC PDU is a data packet transmitted by the UL that has preempted resources, and the MAC PDU carries the indication information or the MAC PDU is used to indicate the indication information.

可选的,所述时域重叠为SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,所述第一配置信息还用于指示所述第一终端设备的工作模式从自主模式切换至调度模式,或者从自主模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。Optionally, the time domain overlap means that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the first configuration information is also used to instruct the working mode of the first terminal device to switch from autonomous mode to scheduling mode, or from autonomous mode to scheduling mode. The mode is switched to a combined mode of autonomous mode and dispatch mode.

可选的,所述时域重叠为SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,所述发送模块还用于:Optionally, the time domain overlap means that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the sending module is further configured to:

向所述第一终端设备发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的工作模式从自主模式切换至调度模式,或者从自主模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。Send second configuration information to the first terminal device, where the second configuration information is used to instruct the working mode of the first terminal device to switch from the autonomous mode to the scheduling mode, or from the autonomous mode to the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode The combination mode.

第六方面,本申请提供一种传输处理装置,包括:In a sixth aspect, this application provides a transmission processing device, including:

处理模块,用于若检测到第一链路的传输和第二链路的传输在时域重叠,获取所述第一链路的链路质量;A processing module, configured to obtain the link quality of the first link if it is detected that the transmission of the first link and the transmission of the second link overlap in the time domain;

发送模块,用于若所述第一链路的链路质量满足预设条件,则进行所述第二链路的传输,其中,所述预设条件包括以下至少一个:检测到发生RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,链路质量小于预设值。The sending module is configured to perform transmission on the second link if the link quality of the first link meets a preset condition, where the preset condition includes at least one of the following: RLF is detected, the upper layer /The physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality is less than the preset value.

可选的,第一链路为SL,第二链路为UL,则所述发送模块具体用于:Optionally, if the first link is SL and the second link is UL, the sending module is specifically configured to:

所述第一终端设备与所述网络设备之间的Uu链路满足预设条件,向第二终端设备发送SL的业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述Uu链路的链路质量小于预设值;When the Uu link between the first terminal device and the network device meets a preset condition, the SL service data is sent to the second terminal device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: The radio link fails RLF, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the Uu link is less than a preset value;

或者,or,

所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路满足预设条件,向网络设备发送UL的业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生侧行无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述侧行链路的链路质量小于预设值。When the side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device satisfies a preset condition, the UL service data is sent to the network device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: detected When the RLF of the side-line radio link fails, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that the RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side-line link is less than the preset value.

可选的,第一链路为SL第二链路为DL,则所述发送模块具体用于:Optionally, if the first link is SL and the second link is DL, the sending module is specifically configured to:

所述第一终端设备与所述网络设备之间的Uu链路满足预设条件,向第二终端设备发送SL的业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述Uu链路的链路质量小于预设值;When the Uu link between the first terminal device and the network device meets a preset condition, the SL service data is sent to the second terminal device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: RLF, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the Uu link is less than a preset value;

或者,or,

所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路满足预设条件,接收网络设备发送DL的业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生侧行RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述侧行链路的链路质量小于预设值。The side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device satisfies a preset condition, and receives the service data of the DL sent by the network device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: detected When side RLF occurs, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side link is less than a preset value.

在上述方案的基础上,所述处理模块还用于:On the basis of the above solution, the processing module is also used for:

SL传输被抢占的次数达到预设次数,则所述第一终端设备的工作模式从调度模式切换至自主模式,或者,从调度模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。The number of times that the SL transmission is preempted reaches the preset number of times, then the working mode of the first terminal device is switched from the scheduling mode to the autonomous mode, or from the scheduling mode to the combined mode of the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode.

在另一种具体实施方式中,第一链路和第二链路均为SL,则所述发送模块具体用于:In another specific implementation manner, the first link and the second link are both SL, and the sending module is specifically configured to:

进行第一SL传输的第一侧行链路满足预设条件,则进行第二SL传输;其中,所述预设条件包括以下至少一个:检测到发生侧行RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述第一侧行链路的链路质量小于预设值。The first side link for the first SL transmission meets the preset condition, then the second SL transmission is performed; wherein, the preset condition includes at least one of the following: the occurrence of side RLF is detected, and the upper/physical layer indicates that the occurrence RLF, the link quality of the first side uplink is less than a preset value.

第七方面,本申请提供一种终端设备,包括:发送器、存储器和处理器;所述存储器 用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序实现第一方面或者第三方面任一项提供的传输处理方法。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a terminal device, including: a transmitter, a memory, and a processor; the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor executes the computer program to implement any one of the first aspect or the third aspect. The transmission processing method provided by the item.

第八方面,本申请提供一种网络设备,包括:接收器、发送器、存储器和处理器;所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序第二方面提供的传输处理方法。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a network device, including: a receiver, a transmitter, a memory, and a processor; the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor executes the transmission processing provided in the second aspect of the computer program method.

第九方面,本申请提供一种存储介质,所述存储介质用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于实现第一方面或者第三方面任一项提供的传输处理方法。In a ninth aspect, the present application provides a storage medium, where the storage medium is used to store a computer program, and the computer program is used to implement the transmission processing method provided in any one of the first aspect or the third aspect.

第十方面,本申请提供一种存储介质,所述存储介质用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于实现第二方面任一项提供的传输处理方法。In a tenth aspect, the present application provides a storage medium, where the storage medium is used to store a computer program, and the computer program is used to implement the transmission processing method provided in any one of the second aspect.

第十一方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序产品,当所述计算机程序产品在用户设备上运行时,使得所述用户设备执行如第一方面或者第三方面任一项提供的传输处理方法。In an eleventh aspect, this application provides a computer program product that, when the computer program product runs on a user equipment, causes the user equipment to execute the transmission processing method provided in any one of the first aspect or the third aspect.

第十二方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序产品,当所述计算机程序产品在网络设备上运行时,使得所述网络设备执行如第二方面任一项提供的传输处理方法。In a twelfth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product, which when the computer program product runs on a network device, causes the network device to execute the transmission processing method provided in any one of the second aspects.

第十三方面,本申请提供一种通信系统,包括:第七方面提供的终端设备以及第八方面提供的网络设备。In a thirteenth aspect, this application provides a communication system, including: the terminal device provided in the seventh aspect and the network device provided in the eighth aspect.

本申请提供的传输处理方法、装置、设备以及存储介质,在涉及侧行链路传输的过程中,若发生多个传输在时域重叠时,向网络设备发送指示信息,发生时域重叠的传输包括侧行链路SL传输,指示信息用于指示发生了时域重叠,被抢占资源的传输类型以及重传资源大小中的一个或多个。以便网络设备能够确定该终端设备在进行侧行链路传输过程中,发生了传输时域重叠,也就是传输冲突,需要重新配置资源,避免了网络设备无法知道发生了时域重叠,导致数据传输失败的问题。In the transmission processing method, device, equipment, and storage medium provided by this application, if multiple transmissions overlap in the time domain in the process of sidelink transmission, the instruction information is sent to the network device, and the transmission in the time domain overlaps. Including side link SL transmission, the indication information is used to indicate one or more of the time domain overlap, the transmission type of the preempted resource, and the size of the retransmission resource. So that the network device can determine that the terminal device is in the process of sidelink transmission, the transmission time domain overlap occurs, that is, the transmission conflict, and the resources need to be reconfigured to avoid the network device from being unable to know that the time domain overlap has occurred, resulting in data transmission The problem of failure.

附图说明Description of the drawings

图1为本申请提供的一种V2X场景的示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a V2X scenario provided by this application;

图2为本申请提供的传输处理方法实施例一的流程示意图;2 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 1 of the transmission processing method provided by this application;

图3为本申请提供的传输处理方法实施例二的流程示意图;3 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 2 of the transmission processing method provided by this application;

图4为本申请提供的传输处理方法实施例三的流程示意图;4 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 3 of the transmission processing method provided by this application;

图5为本申请提供的传输处理方法实施例四的流程示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 4 of the transmission processing method provided by this application;

图6为本申请提供的传输处理装置实施例一的结构示意图;6 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of the transmission processing apparatus provided by this application;

图7为本申请提供的传输处理装置实施例二的结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of the transmission processing apparatus provided by this application;

图8为本申请提供的传输处理装置实施例三的结构示意图;8 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of the transmission processing apparatus provided by this application;

图9为本申请提供的终端设备实施例的结构示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a terminal device provided by this application;

图10为本申请提供的网络设备实施例的结构示意图。FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a network device provided by this application.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

为使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员 在本申请技术方案的前提下所获得的所有其它实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。In order to make the purpose, technical solutions and advantages of the embodiments of the present application clearer, the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described clearly and completely in conjunction with the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments It is a part of the embodiments of the present application, but not all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments in this application, all other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art on the premise of the technical solution of this application shall fall within the protection scope of this application.

此外,应理解,本申请的说明书和权利要求书及附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”、“第三”“第四”等(如果存在)是用于区别类似的对象,而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序,应该理解这样使用的数据在适当情况下可以互换,以便这里描述的本申请的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的那些以外的顺序实施。实施例中举例说明的个数“1个”“2个”等均是举例说明,并不限定具体实现中的个数。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含,例如,包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或单元,而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。In addition, it should be understood that the terms "first", "second", "third", "fourth", etc. (if any) in the specification, claims and drawings of this application are used to distinguish similar objects. It is not necessary to describe a specific sequence or sequence. It should be understood that the data used in this way can be interchanged under appropriate circumstances, so that the embodiments of the application described herein can be implemented in a sequence other than those illustrated or described herein. . The numbers "1", "2", etc. illustrated in the embodiments are all examples and do not limit the number in specific implementations. In addition, the terms "including" and "having" and any variations of them are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusions. For example, a process, method, system, product, or device that includes a series of steps or units is not necessarily limited to those clearly listed. Those steps or units may include other steps or units that are not clearly listed or are inherent to these processes, methods, products, or equipment.

车联网(vehicle to everything,V2X),被认为是物联网体系中最有产业潜力、市场需求最明确的领域之一,具有应用空间广、产业潜力大、社会效益强的特点,对促进汽车和信息通信产业创新发展,构建汽车和交通服务新模式新业态,推动自动驾驶技术创新和应用,提高交通效率和安全水平具有重要意义。车联网是指通过装载在车上的传感器、车载终端等提供车辆信息,并通过各种通信技术实现车与车(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)、车与人(vehicle to pedestrian,V2P)、车与路边基础设施(vehicle to infrastructure)之间进行相互通信,其中V2V为主要的讨论场景。随着无线技术的不断发展和成功应用,人们对车联网提出了更高的服务要求,这就需要车联网具有一定的QoS(quality of service,服务质量)保证能力。The Internet of Vehicles (vehicle to everything, V2X) is considered to be one of the fields with the most industrial potential and clearest market demand in the Internet of Things system. It has the characteristics of wide application space, large industrial potential, and strong social benefits. The innovation and development of the information and communication industry, the construction of new models and business forms of automobile and transportation services, the promotion of the innovation and application of autonomous driving technology, and the improvement of transportation efficiency and safety are of great significance. The Internet of Vehicles refers to the provision of vehicle information through sensors and vehicle terminals mounted on the vehicle, and the realization of vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P), vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P), and vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P), vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P), vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-vehicle, and vehicle information Communication between roadside infrastructure (vehicle to infrastructure), among which V2V is the main discussion scene. With the continuous development and successful application of wireless technology, people have put forward higher service requirements for the Internet of Vehicles, which requires the Internet of Vehicles to have a certain QoS (quality of service, quality of service) guarantee capability.

在新无线(New Radio,NR)V2X中,物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,PUSCH)与物理侧行共享信道(Pysical Sidelink Share Channel,PSSCH)不能同时传输,即当侧行链路(Sidelink,SL)资源与上行链路(Uplink,UL)资源在时域有重叠时,只能选择其中之一进行通信。In New Radio (NR) V2X, the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) and the Physical Sidelink Shared Channel (PSSCH) cannot be transmitted at the same time. When the SL) resource and the uplink (Uplink, UL) resource overlap in the time domain, only one of them can be selected for communication.

V2X通信中,用户设备(User Equipment,UE)与UE之间可以采用侧行链路(sidelink)的方式进行通信。在基于Sidelink技术的通信方式中,Sidelink上的资源分配包括两种方式:In V2X communication, user equipment (User Equipment, UE) and UE can communicate in a sidelink (sidelink) manner. In the communication method based on Sidelink technology, resource allocation on Sidelink includes two methods:

方式一:网络设备调度的资源分配(以下简称调度模式,即mode1)。即当进行V2X通信的连接态UE需要在Sidelink上传输数据时,UE需要首先向网络设备发送缓存状态报告(Buffer Status Report,BSR),报告自己当前需要传输的sidelink数据量,以便网络设备根据数据量分配适当大小的sidelink资源。如果当前UE没有上行资源上报BSR,则可能触发调度请求(Scheduling Request,SR)如果UE配置了SR资源,则UE通过SR资源向网络设备发送SR请求消息,请求网络设备为其分配发送BSR的上行资源。当网络设备收到SR请求消息后,根据调度结果,为该UE分配上行传输授权,用于UE发送BSR请求。Mode 1: Resource allocation for network equipment scheduling (hereinafter referred to as scheduling mode, namely mode1). That is, when a connected UE in V2X communication needs to transmit data on Sidelink, the UE needs to first send a Buffer Status Report (BSR) to the network device to report the amount of sidelink data it needs to transmit so that the network device can respond to the data Allocate sidelink resources of appropriate size. If the current UE does not have uplink resources to report the BSR, a Scheduling Request (SR) may be triggered. If the UE is configured with SR resources, the UE sends an SR request message to the network device through the SR resource, requesting the network device to allocate the uplink for sending the BSR Resources. After the network device receives the SR request message, it allocates an uplink transmission authorization for the UE according to the scheduling result for the UE to send a BSR request.

方式二:UE自主选择资源(以下简称自主模式,即mode2)。即当进行sidelink通信的UE需要在Sidelink上传输数据时,UE可以在网络设备配置或预配置的资源池中自己选择资源,以在sidelink上进行数据传输。所述的网络设备配置的资源池可以通过系统信息来配置,也可以在收到用户设备要进行Sidelink通信的请求后通过专用信令来配置,或者采用预配置的方式。Mode 2: The UE autonomously selects resources (hereinafter referred to as autonomous mode, namely mode2). That is, when the UE performing sidelink communication needs to transmit data on the Sidelink, the UE can select resources by itself in the resource pool configured or pre-configured by the network device to perform data transmission on the sidelink. The resource pool configured by the network device can be configured through system information, or configured through dedicated signaling after receiving a request from the user equipment to perform Sidelink communication, or in a pre-configuration manner.

当UE以上述两种资源选择模式之一执行V2X通信时,网络可能配置其执行另一种资源选择模式。在LTE V2X中,UE只能被配置执行两种自愿选择模式之一,若UE先前工作于调度模式,由于需要进行sidelink通信且有数据待传,触发了sidelink BSR,且此时没有上报BSR的上行资源,故而触发了SR,处于挂起状态,在所有挂起的SR均是由sidelink BSR触 发的前提下,若在工作于调度模式的UE被重配为工作于自主模式,则取消所有挂起的SR。然而在NR V2X中,UE可以被配置同时支持调度模式与自主模式。When the UE performs V2X communication in one of the above two resource selection modes, the network may configure it to perform another resource selection mode. In LTE V2X, the UE can only be configured to perform one of the two voluntary selection modes. If the UE was previously working in the scheduling mode, sidelink BSR was triggered due to the need for sidelink communication and data to be transmitted, and no BSR was reported at this time. The uplink resource triggers the SR and is in the suspended state. Under the premise that all suspended SRs are triggered by the sidelink BSR, if the UE working in the scheduling mode is reconfigured to operate in the autonomous mode, all suspensions will be cancelled. From the SR. However, in NR V2X, the UE can be configured to support both the scheduling mode and the autonomous mode.

网络设备可以为授权配置捆绑(bundle),一个配置授权捆绑处于一个周期内,网络设备可以在一个配置授权捆绑内配置K个重复传输时机,K为正整数,终端设备在一个配置授权捆绑内可以无需等待该配置授权捆绑的先前传输的反馈,而触发多次HARQ重传(即重复传输)。例如,终端设备在该K个重复传输时机中的冗余版本号允许的传输时机(初传时机)中执行传输块(transmission block,TB)的初传(initial transmission),在初传该TB后的其他重复传输时机重复传输该TB。需要说明的是,初传可以理解为终端设备第一次或首次传输某个TB,在此统一说明,下述实施例不再赘述。Network equipment can be bundled with authorization configuration. A configuration authorization bundle is in a cycle. The network equipment can configure K repeated transmission occasions in a configuration authorization bundle. K is a positive integer. The terminal equipment can be in a configuration authorization bundle. There is no need to wait for the feedback of the previous transmission bound by the configuration authorization, and trigger multiple HARQ retransmissions (ie, repeated transmissions). For example, the terminal device performs the initial transmission of the transmission block (transmission block, TB) at the transmission timing (initial transmission timing) allowed by the redundancy version number in the K repeated transmission timings, and after the TB is initially transmitted Retransmit the TB at other retransmission occasions. It should be noted that the initial transmission may be understood as the terminal device transmitting a certain TB for the first time or for the first time, which is described here in a unified manner, and the following embodiments will not be repeated.

在进行侧行链路数据传输时,在NR V2X的讨论中,当接收端(Receive,RX)UE没有成功接收或者成功解码发送端(Transmit,TX)UE发送的某个传输(Transport Block,TB)块,则RX UE向TX UE反馈NACK,TX UE接收到NACK后,向基站请求重传该TB块的SL资源,请求的方式包括以下两种:Option 1:TX UE直接向基站上报NACK,基站接收到NACK后为TX UE调度重传资源;Option 2:TX UE向基站上报重传SL TB块对应的HARQ进程号,基站接收到HARQ进程号后,为TX UE调度HARQ进程对应的TB的大小所需的SL资源。When performing sidelink data transmission, in the discussion of NR V2X, when the receiving end (Receive, RX) UE fails to receive or successfully decodes a certain transmission (Transport Block, TB) sent by the transmitting end (Transmit, TX) UE ) Block, the RX UE feeds back the NACK to the TX UE. After the TX UE receives the NACK, it requests the base station to retransmit the SL resources of the TB block. The request methods include the following two ways: Option 1: TX UE directly reports the NACK to the base station, After receiving the NACK, the base station schedules retransmission resources for the TX UE; Option 2: The TX UE reports the HARQ process number corresponding to the retransmission SL TB block to the base station. After receiving the HARQ process number, the base station schedules the TB corresponding to the HARQ process for the TX UE. The size of the required SL resources.

然而,在上述方案中,若SL与上行链路(Uplink,UL),或者SL传输与SL传输冲突,且优先了某一次SL传输,基站无法知道发送了传输冲突,也不能重新为UL或者SL分配重传资源,导致UL或者SL传输失败。However, in the above scheme, if SL and uplink (Uplink, UL), or SL transmission and SL transmission conflict, and a certain SL transmission is prioritized, the base station cannot know that the transmission conflict is transmitted, nor can it be UL or SL again. Allocate retransmission resources, causing UL or SL transmission to fail.

综上所述,当SL CG与DG的资源时域冲突时,如何指示网络设备调度重传?当SL与UL资源时域冲突时,若优先了SL传输,如何指示网络设备UL传输被抢占?反之,若优先了UL传输,如何指示网络设备调度SL重传资源?等问题,目前还没有合适的解决方案。In summary, when SL CG and DG resource time domain conflict, how to instruct network equipment to schedule retransmission? When SL and UL resource time domain conflict, if SL transmission is given priority, how to instruct the network equipment to preempt UL transmission? Conversely, if UL transmission is prioritized, how to instruct the network device to schedule SL retransmission resources? And so on, there is no suitable solution yet.

针对上述问题,本申请提供一种传输处理方法,在侧行链路的传输过程中,产生传输冲突之后,向网络设备进行指示,以使网络设备能够调度资源,提高传输效率,避免UL或者SL传输失败的问题。In response to the above problems, this application provides a transmission processing method. After a transmission conflict occurs in the transmission process of the side link, an instruction is given to the network device so that the network device can schedule resources, improve transmission efficiency, and avoid UL or SL. The problem of transmission failure.

下面通过一些具体的实施方式对本申请提供的传输处理方法进行说明。The following describes the transmission processing method provided in this application through some specific implementations.

本申请提供的技术方案可以应用多种通信系统,只要该通信系统中存在实体需要发送传输方向指示信息,另一个实体需要接收该指示信息,即可以是本申请的方案,例如:该技术方案可以应用在5G NR V2X系统中。在侧行链路的传输过程中,终端设备之间的传输资源的配置也包括两种模式,包括:网络设备调度资源,可以称为调度模式(相当于上述的mode1),这种模式下,由网络设备调度资源分配,即首先终端设备需要向网络设备发送BSR或者资源请求,以便网络设备能够为该终端设备分配适当的侧行链路传输的资源;终端设备自主选择模式,也可以称为自主模式(相当于上述的mode2)这种模式下,终端设备需要进行侧行链路传输时,可以在资源池中选择合适的资源进行传输,该资源池可以是预先规定的或者网络设备预先配置的。可选的,终端设备也可以被配置为调度模式和自主模式的组合模式(也称为mode1+mode2)。The technical solution provided by this application can be applied to a variety of communication systems. As long as there is an entity in the communication system that needs to send transmission direction indication information, and another entity needs to receive the indication information, it can be the solution of this application, for example: the technical solution can be Applied in 5G NR V2X system. In the transmission process of the side link, the configuration of the transmission resources between the terminal equipment also includes two modes, including: network equipment scheduling resources, which can be called the scheduling mode (equivalent to the aforementioned mode1). In this mode, Resource allocation is scheduled by the network device, that is, the terminal device first needs to send a BSR or resource request to the network device, so that the network device can allocate appropriate sidelink transmission resources for the terminal device; the terminal device independently selects the mode, which can also be called Autonomous mode (equivalent to the above-mentioned mode2) In this mode, when the terminal device needs to perform sidelink transmission, it can select appropriate resources in the resource pool for transmission. The resource pool can be pre-defined or pre-configured by the network device. of. Optionally, the terminal device can also be configured as a combined mode of a scheduling mode and an autonomous mode (also referred to as mode1+mode2).

另外,在本方案中,多个传输发生时域重叠,指的是多个链路在传输过程中,发生了传输的时域重叠(包括不同的传输在时域上部分重叠,或者在时域上全部重叠),和/或多个链路在传输过程中,发生了传输的频域重叠(包括不同的传输在频域上部分重叠,或者 在时域上全部重叠),也称为传输冲突,或者资源冲突。在本申请的所有技术方案中,传输冲突、资源冲突、时域重叠等描述可以互相替换,对此本方案不做限制。In addition, in this solution, the time domain overlap of multiple transmissions refers to the time domain overlap of the transmissions during the transmission of multiple links (including the partial overlap of different transmissions in the time domain, or in the time domain). Overlap), and/or frequency domain overlap of transmission occurs during the transmission of multiple links (including partial overlap of different transmissions in the frequency domain, or full overlap in the time domain), which is also called transmission conflict , Or resource conflict. In all technical solutions of the present application, descriptions such as transmission conflict, resource conflict, and time domain overlap can be replaced with each other, and this solution does not limit this.

图1为本申请提供的一种V2X场景的示意图。如图1所示,基站(Base station,BS)以及UE1~UE7组成一个通信系统。在该通信系统中,只有UE1和UE5可以发送上行数据给基站,基站需要接收UE1和UE5发送的上行数据。在该通信系统中,基站可以发送下行信息给UE1、UE2、UE5等;UE5也可以发送下行信息给UE4、UE7、UE6,或者,UE5也可以在侧行链路上发送信息给UE7、UE4、UE6。此外,UE2、UE3和UE7也可以组成一个通信系统,UE2在侧行链路上发送信息给UE3、UE7。Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a V2X scenario provided by this application. As shown in Figure 1, a base station (BS) and UE1 to UE7 form a communication system. In this communication system, only UE1 and UE5 can send uplink data to the base station, and the base station needs to receive the uplink data sent by UE1 and UE5. In this communication system, the base station can send downlink information to UE1, UE2, UE5, etc.; UE5 can also send downlink information to UE4, UE7, UE6, or UE5 can also send information to UE7, UE4, and UE4 on the side link. UE6. In addition, UE2, UE3, and UE7 can also form a communication system, and UE2 sends information to UE3 and UE7 on the side link.

上述图1示出了一种具体的场景,实际应用中,该传输处理方法,涉及到的主要执行主体包括终端设备以及网络设备,终端设备是用户侧的一种用于接收或发射信号的实体,如手机UE,车辆UE等,同时终端设备支持互相间的直连通信。网络设备为网络侧用于发射或接收信号的实体,例如:基站,5G gNB(下一代移动通信网络里的基站),或传输和接收点(TRP),或其它5G接入网的网络设备(如微基站)。方案的具体实现中,主要的实现形式包括通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端设备,比如是车载通信装置,或者包含该终端设备的装置,比如各种类型的车辆,或者是上述第一终端设备中包含的装置,比如系统芯片;所述通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元,对此本方案不做限制。Figure 1 above shows a specific scenario. In practical applications, the main execution bodies involved in the transmission processing method include terminal equipment and network equipment. The terminal equipment is an entity on the user side that is used to receive or transmit signals. , Such as mobile phone UE, vehicle UE, etc., while the terminal equipment supports direct communication between each other. Network equipment is an entity used to transmit or receive signals on the network side, such as: base station, 5G gNB (base station in the next generation mobile communication network), or transmission and reception point (TRP), or other 5G access network network equipment ( Such as micro base station). In the specific implementation of the solution, the main implementation form includes a communication device, which can be a terminal device, such as a vehicle-mounted communication device, or a device containing the terminal device, such as various types of vehicles, or the above-mentioned first terminal device The device included in the device, such as a system chip; the communication device includes a module, unit, or means corresponding to the above method. The module, unit, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or hardware Execute the corresponding software implementation. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above-mentioned functions, which is not limited in this solution.

图2为本申请提供的传输处理方法实施例一的流程示意图,如图1所示,该侧行链路的配置方法主要是应用在进行侧行链路传输的终端设备以及网络设备之间,具体包括以下步骤:Fig. 2 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 1 of the transmission processing method provided by this application. As shown in Fig. 1, the configuration method of the side link is mainly applied between the terminal device and the network device that perform side link transmission. It includes the following steps:

S101:发生多个传输在时域重叠,向网络设备发送指示信息。S101: When multiple transmissions overlap in the time domain, send instruction information to the network device.

在该方案中,应理解,第一终端设备为发送端的终端设备,第二终端设备为接收端的终端设备,也就是说第一终端设备可以直接和网络设备侧进行交互,例如:上述图1所示的场景中,第一终端设备可以是UE5,第二终端设备可以是UE7、UE4、UE6,UE5可以在侧行链路上发送数据给UE7、UE4、UE6,或者,第一终端设备可以是UE2,第二终端设备可以是UE3、UE7,UE2在侧行链路上发送数据给UE3、UE7。In this solution, it should be understood that the first terminal device is the terminal device of the sending end, and the second terminal device is the terminal device of the receiving end, that is to say, the first terminal device can directly interact with the network device side, for example: In the scenario shown, the first terminal device may be UE5, the second terminal device may be UE7, UE4, UE6, and UE5 may send data to UE7, UE4, UE6 on the side link, or the first terminal device may be UE2, the second terminal device may be UE3, UE7, and UE2 sends data to UE3 and UE7 on the side link.

在本实施例中,发生时域重叠的传输包括SL传输,也就是这里发生时域重叠的传输中至少包括一个SL传输,具体的,包括以下几种情况:SL传输与SL传输之间在时域重叠,或者,SL传输与上行链路UL传输之间在时域重叠,或者,SL传输与下行链路DL传输在时域重叠。该方案中的SL传输包括以下任意一个或多个(这里的多个包括两个或者两个以上的任意个数):mode1资源对应的传输、mode2资源对应的传输,动态授权(Dynamic Grant,DG)资源对应的传输,配置的授权(Configured Grant,CG)资源对应的传输,侧行链路控制信道对应的传输;DL/UL传输包括以下任意一个或多个:DG资源对应的传输,CG资源对应的传输,控制信道资源对应的传输,对此不做限制。In this embodiment, the transmission that overlaps in the time domain includes SL transmission, that is, the transmission that overlaps in the time domain includes at least one SL transmission. Specifically, it includes the following situations: The domain overlaps, or the SL transmission and the uplink UL transmission overlap in the time domain, or the SL transmission and the downlink DL transmission overlap in the time domain. The SL transmission in this solution includes any one or more of the following (the multiple here include any number of two or more): transmission corresponding to mode1 resources, transmission corresponding to mode2 resources, dynamic grant (Dynamic Grant, DG ) Transmission corresponding to resources, transmission corresponding to Configured Grant (CG) resources, transmission corresponding to side link control channels; DL/UL transmission includes any one or more of the following: transmission corresponding to DG resources, CG resources The corresponding transmission, the transmission corresponding to the control channel resource, is not restricted.

在本实施例的一种具体实现方式中,该方法也适用于发生时域重叠的传输包括UL和/或DL传输的情况,也就是这里发生时域重叠的传输中至少包括一个UL或DL传输,具体的,包括以下几种情况:SL传输与UL传输之间在时域重叠,或者,SL传输与上行链 路UL传输之间在时域重叠,或者,UL传输与下行链路DL传输在时域重叠。In a specific implementation of this embodiment, the method is also applicable to the case where the time-domain overlapped transmission includes UL and/or DL transmission, that is, the time-domain overlapped transmission includes at least one UL or DL transmission. Specifically, it includes the following situations: SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and uplink UL transmission overlap in time domain, or UL transmission and downlink DL transmission overlap in time domain. Time domain overlap.

在本实施例的另一种具体实现方式中,该方法还适用于UL传输与UL传输发生重叠的情况。In another specific implementation of this embodiment, the method is also applicable to the case where UL transmission and UL transmission overlap.

在上述几种具体实现中,UL传输包括以下任意一个或多个(这里的多个包括两个或者两个以上的任意个数):动态授权(Dynamic Grant,DG)资源对应的传输,配置的授权(Configured Grant,CG)资源对应的传输(不限制类型,即不限制是配置的授权type1或配置的授权type 2),上行链路控制信道对应的传输;DL/SL传输包括以下任意一个或多个:DG资源对应的传输,CG资源对应的传输,控制信道资源对应的传输,对此不做限制。In the above several specific implementations, UL transmission includes any one or more of the following (the multiple here includes any number of two or more): the transmission corresponding to the dynamic grant (DG) resource, the configured The transmission corresponding to the Configured Grant (CG) resource (unrestricted type, that is, it is not restricted to the configured grant type 1 or configured grant type 2), the transmission corresponding to the uplink control channel; DL/SL transmission includes any of the following or Multiple: transmission corresponding to DG resources, transmission corresponding to CG resources, transmission corresponding to control channel resources, and there is no restriction on this.

下面以发生时域重叠的传输包括SL传输为例,发生时域重叠的传输包括UL传输和/或DL传输的方法类似。In the following, the transmission in the time domain overlap includes SL transmission as an example, and the method of the transmission in time domain overlap including UL transmission and/or DL transmission is similar.

还应该理解,这里的时域重叠包括在时域上的部分重叠或者全部重叠,应理解,时域重叠也可以称为传输冲突,在时域上冲突等。It should also be understood that the time domain overlap here includes partial or full overlap in the time domain. It should be understood that the time domain overlap may also be referred to as a transmission conflict, a conflict in the time domain, and so on.

对于网络设备来说,则接收第一终端设备发送的指示信息。该方案的指示信息用于指示发生了时域重叠,被抢占资源的传输类型以及重传资源大小中的至少一个。这里的抢占,指示的当多个传输发生时域重叠,也就是时域冲突时,并且只能选择多传输中的一个进行传输时,被选择的传输(或者理解为被选择的资源)即为被优先的传输(或者被理解为被优先的资源),没有被优先的传输即为被低优先级的传输,也就是被抢占了资源的传输,此时,称被优先的传输抢占了其他的传输。For the network device, the instruction information sent by the first terminal device is received. The indication information of the solution is used to indicate at least one of the time domain overlap, the transmission type of the preempted resource, and the size of the retransmission resource. The preemption here indicates that when multiple transmissions overlap in the time domain, that is, when the time domain conflicts, and only one of the multiple transmissions can be selected for transmission, the selected transmission (or understood as the selected resource) is Priority transmission (or understood as prioritized resources), non-priority transmission is low priority transmission, that is, transmission that is preempted by resources. At this time, it is said that the priority transmission preempts other transmissions. transmission.

在该方案的一种具体实现中,重传资源大小具体可以根据被抢占资源的大小确定,或者根据保留在缓存器中的传输块的大小确定,或者根据保留在缓存器中的数据的总量确定,其中缓存器可以是HARQ进程关联的缓存器。这里的被抢占资源的传输类型指的是在时域重叠的时候,抢占资源失败的传输,可以是SL传输,或者UL传输,或者也可以是DL传输;可选地,这里的被抢占资源的传输类型指的是在时域重叠的时候,抢占资源失败的传输,可以是SL CG传输,或者SL DG传输,或者UL CG传输,或者UL DG传输,或者也可以是DL SPS传输,或者也可以是UCI传输,或者也可以是DCI传输。In a specific implementation of the solution, the size of the retransmission resource can be determined according to the size of the preempted resource, or according to the size of the transmission block retained in the buffer, or according to the total amount of data retained in the buffer. It is determined that the buffer may be a buffer associated with the HARQ process. The transmission type of the preempted resource here refers to the transmission that fails to preempt the resource when the time domain overlaps. It can be SL transmission, UL transmission, or DL transmission; optionally, the preempted resource here The transmission type refers to the transmission that fails to seize resources when the time domain overlaps. It can be SL CG transmission, or SL DG transmission, or UL CG transmission, or UL DG transmission, or it can be DL SPS transmission, or it can be It is UCI transmission or DCI transmission.

在第一终端设备进行数据传输的过程中,如果出现两个或者多个传输资源在时域资源上重叠,然而终端设备在一个时刻只能在一个时频资源上进行传输,因此需要进行筛选,也就是存在传输的资源被抢占,在这个时刻上或者时间范围内,被抢占的资源上不能进行传输。因此在第一终端设备检测到发生了这种多个传输在时域上重叠的情况,触发向网络设备进行指示的过程。In the process of data transmission by the first terminal device, if two or more transmission resources overlap in the time domain resource, but the terminal device can only transmit on one time-frequency resource at a time, so it needs to be filtered. That is, there are transmission resources that are preempted, and transmission cannot be performed on the preempted resources at this moment or within the time range. Therefore, when the first terminal device detects that such multiple transmissions overlap in the time domain, the process of indicating to the network device is triggered.

具体的,首先第一终端设备确定上述指示信息。其含义是,时域重叠产生,或者终端检测到时域重叠,或者终端设备接收到了时域重叠的传输资源,触发向网络设备的指示,也称为重传指示,该方案中确定指示信息至少包括两种实现方式,触发指示信息或者生成该指示信息。具体的:第一种,第一终端设备将该指示信息通过现有的一些信息形式或信令进行携带传输,例如MAC CE,或者RRC消息,或者SR,或者NACK消息等等,将该指示信息直接置于现有的消息中进行携带即可,也可以是利用现有信令指示所述指示信息,也可以是通过上述消息中的某些字段对该指示信息进行指示,例如在MAC PDU的头或者子头中指示,或者在某个现有MAC CE中指示。第二种,第一终端设备可以生成一个新的 消息,该新的消息可以不通过现有的信令传输,即新定义一个信令,来承载指示信息。生成的新的信令也可以是MAC PDU,MAC CE,RRC消息,或者SR,或者NACK/ACK消息,只是该消息专用于指示网络设备传输出现时域重叠的情况。Specifically, first, the first terminal device determines the above-mentioned indication information. Its meaning is that the time domain overlap is generated, or the terminal detects the time domain overlap, or the terminal device receives the transmission resource of the time domain overlap, and triggers an instruction to the network device, also called a retransmission instruction. In this solution, it is determined that the instruction information is at least It includes two implementation methods, triggering the indication information or generating the indication information. Specifically: In the first type, the first terminal device carries the indication information through some existing information forms or signaling, such as MAC CE, or RRC message, or SR, or NACK message, etc., and the indication information It can be carried directly in an existing message, or the indication information can be indicated by using existing signaling, or the indication information can be indicated by some fields in the above message, for example, in the MAC PDU It is indicated in the header or sub-header, or in an existing MAC CE. In the second type, the first terminal device may generate a new message, and the new message may not be transmitted through existing signaling, that is, a newly defined signaling may be used to carry the indication information. The generated new signaling can also be a MAC PDU, MAC CE, RRC message, or SR, or NACK/ACK message, but the message is dedicated to indicating that the network device transmits the time domain overlap.

为了能够指示上述的发生了时域重叠,被抢占资源的传输类型以及重传资源大小中的至少一个,该指示信息的内容可以包括时间单元索引(例如时隙编号)、逻辑信道索引、SL传输对应的混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest,HARQ)进程标识、UL传输对应的HARQ进程标识、SL传输对应的HARQ进程对应的缓存器状态(buffer status)、UL传输对应的HARQ进程对应的缓存器状态(buffer status)、需求的资源大小、低优先级的资源类型(例如,指示被抢占的传输是配置的授权上的传输,还是动态调度的授权的传输)、授权的索引、部分带宽(Bandwidth Part,BWP)的索引、终端标识(例如小区无线网络临时标识(Cell-RadioNetworkTemporaryIdentifier,C-RNTI)或者用于侧行链路的RNTI)、层2源标识(Destination L2 ID)和/或目标标识(Source L2 ID)等中的一个或多个。In order to be able to indicate the occurrence of time domain overlap, at least one of the transmission type of the preempted resource and the size of the retransmission resource, the content of the indication information may include time unit index (for example, time slot number), logical channel index, SL transmission The corresponding Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) process identifier, the HARQ process identifier corresponding to UL transmission, the buffer status (buffer status) corresponding to the HARQ process corresponding to SL transmission, and the HARQ process corresponding to UL transmission Buffer status, required resource size, low-priority resource type (for example, indicating whether the preempted transmission is a configured authorized transmission or a dynamically scheduled authorized transmission), authorized index, partial bandwidth (Bandwidth Part, BWP) index, terminal identifier (for example, Cell-RadioNetwork Temporary Identifier (C-RNTI) or RNTI for side link), layer 2 source identifier (Destination L2 ID), and/or One or more of the target identification (Source L2 ID), etc.

在该方案的一具体实现中,第一终端设备可以通过以下几种方式向网络设备传输该指示信息:In a specific implementation of this solution, the first terminal device can transmit the indication information to the network device in the following ways:

第一种方式,向所述网络设备发送MAC PDU,网络设备接收第一终端设备发送的MAC PDU,所述MAC PDU包括所述指示信息,或者所述MAC PDU中包括MAC CE,MAC CE中包括该指示信息,该MAC CE可以是专用的信令也可以是现有的MAC CE信令。以专用的MAC CE为例,可以为MAC CE定义专用LCID,该LCID在封装MAC PDU时,被包含在MAC CE对应的MAC子头中。在发送给网络设备之后,网络设备可通过解码MAC子头及其中的LCID字段,可以知道该MAC子头后面携带的是用于指示发生了时域重叠或者请求重传的MAC CE。另外该MAC CE可以为0比特或者多比特。以多比特MAC CE为例,在发送MAC PDU时,该专用MAC CE对应的MAC子头中的LCID的取值为专用LCID的取值,多比特MAC CE中指示的内容为上述指示信息。示例性地,两个UL传输以及一个SL传输冲突的情况下,并且优先传输其中一个UL传输,则MAC CE中包含的指示信息即包含SL传输对应的指示信息,也可以包含UL传输对应的指示信息,即两个链路对应的指示信息包含在同一个MAC CE中。或者,分别为不同的链路定义MAC CE,并对应不同的LCID,该MAC CE分别用于指示对应链路的指示信息。The first way is to send a MAC PDU to the network device, and the network device receives the MAC PDU sent by the first terminal device, the MAC PDU includes the indication information, or the MAC PDU includes the MAC CE, and the MAC CE includes For the indication information, the MAC CE may be dedicated signaling or existing MAC CE signaling. Taking a dedicated MAC CE as an example, a dedicated LCID can be defined for the MAC CE. When the MAC PDU is encapsulated, the LCID is included in the MAC subheader corresponding to the MAC CE. After sending to the network device, the network device can decode the MAC sub-header and the LCID field in it, and know that the MAC sub-header carries the MAC CE that is used to indicate that time domain overlap has occurred or request retransmission. In addition, the MAC CE can be 0 bits or multiple bits. Taking a multi-bit MAC CE as an example, when sending a MAC PDU, the value of the LCID in the MAC subheader corresponding to the dedicated MAC CE is the value of the dedicated LCID, and the content indicated in the multi-bit MAC CE is the above indication information. Exemplarily, when two UL transmissions and one SL transmission conflict, and one of the UL transmissions is transmitted preferentially, the indication information contained in the MAC CE includes the indication information corresponding to the SL transmission and may also include the indication corresponding to the UL transmission Information, that is, the indication information corresponding to the two links is contained in the same MAC CE. Or, define MAC CEs for different links respectively, and correspond to different LCIDs, and the MAC CEs are respectively used to indicate the indication information of the corresponding link.

第二种方式,向网络设备发送RRC消息,网络设备接收第一终端设备发送的RRC消息,所述RRC消息包括所述指示信息,该RRC消息可以为现有的RRC消息,例如该指示消息包含在侧行链路终端信息(Sidelink UE Information)中;该RRC消息也可以是专用RRC消息,即该专用RRC消息仅用于通知基站发生了传输冲突和/或请求重传资源。In the second way, an RRC message is sent to the network device, and the network device receives the RRC message sent by the first terminal device. The RRC message includes the indication information. The RRC message may be an existing RRC message. For example, the indication message includes In the sidelink UE Information; the RRC message may also be a dedicated RRC message, that is, the dedicated RRC message is only used to notify the base station that a transmission conflict has occurred and/or request retransmission resources.

第三种方式,向网络设备发送调度请求(Scheduling Request,SR),网络设备接收第一终端设备发送的SR,所述SR用于指示所述指示信息。与上述类似,该指示信息可以是SR或者SR中的信息,例如,可定义专用SR,当发生传输冲突时,可选地,终端设备触发SR或者专用SR,当专用SR资源可用时在所述SR资源上上报SR。The third way is to send a scheduling request (Scheduling Request, SR) to the network device, and the network device receives the SR sent by the first terminal device, where the SR is used to indicate the indication information. Similar to the above, the indication information can be the SR or the information in the SR. For example, a dedicated SR can be defined. When a transmission conflict occurs, the terminal device can optionally trigger the SR or dedicated SR. The SR resource is reported to the SR.

终端设备在该专用SR资源上上报SR,以通知网络设备发生了传输抢占。可选地,可以定义一个或者一组专用SR资源,当SL被抢占或者UL被抢占,则在该资源上上报SR;或者,定义两个或者两组专用SR资源,分别用于SL被抢占和UL被抢占。例如,若SL资源被抢占,则发送端的该第一终端设备在SR资源1上上报SR,网络设备在SR资源1 上接收到SR后,可以知道SL传输被UL传输抢占,根据接收到UL传输的时频位置,便可以知道被抢占的SL资源的时频位置,进而调度相应的重传资源;若UL传输被抢占,则第一终端设备在SR资源2上上报SR,基站在SR资源2上接收到SR后,可以知道UL传输被SL传输抢占,由于UL传输的时频资源由网络设备调度,则网络设备根据被调度了没有接收到上行传输的UL授权调度重传资源。The terminal device reports the SR on the dedicated SR resource to notify the network device that transmission preemption has occurred. Optionally, one or a group of dedicated SR resources can be defined. When the SL is preempted or the UL is preempted, the SR is reported on the resource; or, two or two groups of dedicated SR resources can be defined for the SL preempted and the UL preempted. UL was preempted. For example, if the SL resource is preempted, the first terminal device at the sending end reports the SR on SR resource 1. After receiving the SR on SR resource 1, the network device can know that the SL transmission is preempted by the UL transmission, and according to the received UL transmission Then you can know the time-frequency position of the preempted SL resource, and then schedule the corresponding retransmission resource; if the UL transmission is preempted, the first terminal device reports the SR on the SR resource 2, and the base station reports the SR on the SR resource 2. After receiving the SR, it can be known that the UL transmission is preempted by the SL transmission. Since the time-frequency resource of the UL transmission is scheduled by the network device, the network device schedules the retransmission resource according to the UL grant that is scheduled and has not received the uplink transmission.

可选地,上述专用SR资源对应的SR配置可以与一个特定UL LCH绑定,和/或与一个特定的SL LCH绑定;也可以与多个SL LCH绑定,和/或与多个UL LCH绑定。Optionally, the SR configuration corresponding to the dedicated SR resource can be bound to a specific UL LCH and/or to a specific SL LCH; it can also be bound to multiple SL LCHs, and/or to multiple ULs. LCH binding.

或者,若未定义专用SR,则发生传输冲突时,发送端的终端设备在被低优先级处理的MAC PDU中复用的至少一个LCH中,触发的SR与优先级最高的LCH关联,并且在该LCH关联的SR配置的SR资源上上报SR。示例性的,若SL传输与UL传输冲突,并且优先SL传输,UL传输对应的MAC PDU(或TB)被保留在缓存器中,则发送端终端设备触发SR,并在UL传输对应的MAC PDU中复用的UL LCH中优先级最高的UL LCH关联的SR资源上上报SR。Or, if a dedicated SR is not defined, when a transmission conflict occurs, the terminal device at the transmitting end multiplexes at least one LCH in the MAC PDU processed with a low priority. The triggered SR is associated with the LCH with the highest priority, and the The SR resource configured by the SR associated with the LCH is reported to the SR. Exemplarily, if SL transmission conflicts with UL transmission, and SL transmission is prioritized, and the MAC PDU (or TB) corresponding to UL transmission is reserved in the buffer, the transmitting terminal device triggers SR and transmits the corresponding MAC PDU in UL The SR resource associated with the UL LCH with the highest priority among the multiplexed UL LCH is reported to the SR.

第四种方式,向网络设备发送NACK消息,网络设备接收第一终端设备发送的NACK消息,所述NACK消息用于指示所述指示信息。在该方案中,首先,传输在时域上发生重叠,可选地,第一终端设备触发第一终端设备生成该NACK消息,或者第一终端设备指示低层生成否定确认。The fourth way is to send a NACK message to the network device, and the network device receives the NACK message sent by the first terminal device, where the NACK message is used to indicate the indication information. In this solution, first, the transmission overlaps in the time domain. Optionally, the first terminal device triggers the first terminal device to generate the NACK message, or the first terminal device instructs the lower layer to generate a negative acknowledgement.

该NACK消息为第一NACK消息和/或第二NACK消息,所述第一NACK消息是反馈SL传输的消息,所述第二NACK消息是反馈UL传输的消息,也就是说可以通过任一个NACK消息进行指示,也可以通过两个NACK消息进行指示,对此本方案不做限制。上述反馈可以是向网络设备反馈。The NACK message is a first NACK message and/or a second NACK message. The first NACK message is a message for feeding back SL transmission, and the second NACK message is a message for feeding back UL transmission, that is to say, any NACK message can be passed. The message can be used for indication, and it can also be indicated by two NACK messages, which is not limited in this solution. The above feedback may be feedback to the network device.

示例性地,网络设备为第一终端设备调度侧行链路资源,并配置向网络设备发送HARQ反馈的上行链路资源。即若侧行链路失败(即接收到第二终端设备反馈的NACK和/或没有接收到第二终端设备反馈的ACK),第一终端设备应在用于发送HARQ反馈的上行链路资源上(或在约定的时刻)反馈NACK。当发送传输冲突并优先发送上行链路传输,则第一终端设备在侧行链路传输对应的(或者该MAC PDU对应的)用于向网络设备发送HARQ反馈的上行链路资源或约定时刻上网络设备发送NACK。Exemplarily, the network device schedules side link resources for the first terminal device, and configures uplink resources for sending HARQ feedback to the network device. That is, if the side link fails (that is, the NACK fed back by the second terminal device is received and/or the ACK fed back by the second terminal device is not received), the first terminal device should be on the uplink resource used to send HARQ feedback (Or at the appointed moment) feedback NACK. When sending transmission conflicts and preferentially sending uplink transmissions, the first terminal device transmits the uplink resources corresponding to the side link transmission (or corresponding to the MAC PDU) for sending HARQ feedback to the network device or at the appointed time. The network device sends a NACK.

在该方案中,对于侧行链路的反馈,具体实现中,在SL传输正常传输时候,发送端的终端设备在向接收端的终端设备发送了SL传输之后,向网络设备进行反馈的方式一般是在接收到接收端的终端设备的反馈消息(ACK/NACK消息)的预设时长后,再向网络设备发送反馈消息,然而,若SL传输被UL传输抢占,即SL传输被抢占的情况,接收端的终端设备并未接收到SL传输,因此并不会向发送端的终端设备进行反馈,也就是说发送端的终端设备不会接收到接收端的终端设备反馈的ACK/NACK消息。在本方案中,应理解,即使SL传输未进行或者发送端终端设备未接收到接收端设备的的反馈,由于SL传输被抢占,也可以向网络设备发送或者触发向网络设备的NACK消息,具体的,依然是在产生时域重叠的时间后的预设时长后,在HARQ反馈资源上向网络设备发送NACK消息,或者在网络分配的约定资源上向网络设备发送NACK消息,以便网络设备能够为该SL传输调度重传资源。In this solution, for side-link feedback, in specific implementation, when SL transmission is normally transmitted, the terminal device at the sending end sends the SL transmission to the terminal device at the receiving end, and the way to feedback to the network device is generally After receiving the preset duration of the feedback message (ACK/NACK message) from the terminal device at the receiving end, the feedback message is sent to the network device. However, if the SL transmission is preempted by the UL transmission, that is, if the SL transmission is preempted, the terminal at the receiving end The device has not received the SL transmission, so it will not give feedback to the terminal device at the sending end, that is, the terminal device at the sending end will not receive the ACK/NACK message fed back by the terminal device at the receiving end. In this solution, it should be understood that even if the SL transmission is not performed or the sender terminal device does not receive the feedback from the receiver device, because the SL transmission is preempted, it can also send or trigger a NACK message to the network device, specifically Yes, after a preset period of time after the time domain overlap occurs, the NACK message is sent to the network device on the HARQ feedback resource, or the NACK message is sent to the network device on the agreed resource allocated by the network, so that the network device can The SL transmission schedules retransmission resources.

第五种方式,如果上述的时域重叠为SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,且执行了UL传输,也就是SL传输被抢占,没有进行传输,此时第一终端设备还可以向所述网络设备发 送上行MAC PDU,所述上行MAC PDU中携带所述指示信息,或者,所述MAC PDU用于指示所述指示信息,或者,所述MAC PDU为特殊格式的MAC PDU专用于指示所述指示信息。例如:在MAC头中增加一个或者多个比特,用来指示该UL MAC PDU对应的传输抢占了SL传输。或者,在MAC头中增加1比特,或者利用MAC头或者子头中的预留比特,当该比特取值为“1”时,表示该UL MAC PDU的传输抢占了SL传输;当该比特取值为“0”时,表示该UL传输没有与SL传输冲突。或者在MAC头中增加多个比特,用来指示该UL MAC PDU的传输抢占了SL传输,并且指示抢占的是SL CG还是SL SG,对此本方案不做限制。示例性地:利用MAC头中的两个比特,当两个比特的取值为“00”时,表示该UL传输没有与SL传输冲突;当取值为“01”时,表示该UL传输与SL CG传输冲突;当取值为“10”时,表示该UL传输与SL DG传输冲突;当取值为“11”时,表示该UL传输与SL mode2传输冲突。示例中的具体取值与所表示的含义不做限定。In the fifth way, if the above-mentioned time domain overlap is that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and UL transmission is performed, that is, SL transmission is preempted and no transmission is performed, at this time, the first terminal device can also send The network device sends an uplink MAC PDU, the uplink MAC PDU carries the indication information, or the MAC PDU is used to indicate the indication information, or the MAC PDU is a MAC PDU with a special format dedicated to indicating the Instructions. For example, one or more bits are added to the MAC header to indicate that the transmission corresponding to the UL MAC PDU preempts the SL transmission. Or, add 1 bit to the MAC header, or use the reserved bit in the MAC header or sub-header. When the bit value is "1", it means that the UL MAC PDU transmission preempts the SL transmission; when the bit is taken When the value is "0", it means that the UL transmission does not conflict with the SL transmission. Or add multiple bits in the MAC header to indicate that the UL MAC PDU transmission preempts the SL transmission, and to indicate whether the preemption is SL CG or SL SG, which is not limited in this solution. Exemplarily: using two bits in the MAC header, when the value of the two bits is "00", it means that the UL transmission does not conflict with the SL transmission; when the value is "01", it means that the UL transmission and SL CG transmission conflicts; when the value is "10", it means that the UL transmission conflicts with the SL DG transmission; when the value is "11", it means that the UL transmission conflicts with the SL mode2 transmission. The specific values and meanings in the examples are not limited.

第六种方式,如果上述的时域重叠为SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,且执行了UL传输,也就是SL传输被抢占,没有进行传输,此时第一终端设备触发资源重选。示例性地,第一终端设备工作于自主模式,或者自主模式与调度模式组合模式,第一终端设备检测到传输冲突,触发资源重选,即第一终端设备在配置或者预配置的资源池中自主选择用于重传被抢占的SL传输的资源。或者,可选地,第一终端设备确定发生了传输冲突,并且已经为一个和/或多个时域冲突的资源生成了MAC PDU,即已经为低优先级的资源生成了MAC PDU,则触发资源重选。In the sixth manner, if the foregoing time domain overlap is that the SL transmission and the UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and UL transmission is performed, that is, the SL transmission is preempted and no transmission is performed, then the first terminal device triggers resource reselection. Exemplarily, the first terminal device works in an autonomous mode, or a combined mode of autonomous mode and scheduling mode, the first terminal device detects a transmission conflict and triggers resource reselection, that is, the first terminal device is in the configured or pre-configured resource pool Autonomously select the resources used to retransmit the preempted SL transmission. Or, optionally, the first terminal device determines that a transmission conflict has occurred, and has generated MAC PDUs for one and/or more time-domain conflicting resources, that is, MAC PDUs have been generated for low-priority resources, then trigger Resource reselection.

上述方案中,第一终端设备在检测到多个传输发生时域重叠时,向网络设备发送指示信息,以便网络设备能够确定该终端设备在进行侧行链路传输过程中,发生了传输时域重叠,也就是传输冲突,需要重新配置资源,避免了网络设备无法知道发生了时域重叠,导致UL或者SL传输失败的问题。In the above solution, the first terminal device sends indication information to the network device when detecting that multiple transmissions have overlapped in time domain, so that the network device can determine that the terminal device is in the process of sidelink transmission, and the transmission time domain has occurred. Overlap, that is, transmission conflict, requires reconfiguration of resources, which avoids the problem that network equipment cannot know that time domain overlap has occurred, which causes UL or SL transmission to fail.

在该方案的具体实现中,网络设备接收到了上述指示信息之后,还可以进行重传资源的配置。In the specific implementation of this solution, after the network device receives the above indication information, it can also configure the retransmission resources.

S102:根据指示信息,为被抢占资源的传输配置重传资源。S102: According to the instruction information, configure retransmission resources for the transmission of the preempted resources.

本步骤为可选执行的步骤。在本步骤中,网络设备可以根据指示信息,确定被抢占的资源类型,和/或需要配置的重传资源大小,为第一终端设备配置被抢占资源的传输的重传资源。This step is optional. In this step, the network device may determine the type of resource to be preempted and/or the size of the retransmission resource to be configured according to the indication information, and configure the retransmission resource for the transmission of the preempted resource for the first terminal device.

S103:向第一终端设备发送第一配置信息,第一配置信息包括重传资源。S103: Send first configuration information to the first terminal device, where the first configuration information includes retransmission resources.

对于第一终端设备来说,则接收网络设备发送的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息中包括所述网络设备为被抢占了资源的传输配置的重传资源。For the first terminal device, the first configuration information sent by the network device is received, and the first configuration information includes the retransmission resource configured by the network device for the transmission that is occupied by the resource.

S104:根据第一配置信息,传输由于时域重叠未发送的数据。S104: According to the first configuration information, transmit data that has not been sent due to time domain overlap.

在本步骤中,第一终端设备在接收到第一配置信息之后,若之前被抢占资源的是SL传输,则根据配置的重传资源,进行侧行链路传输,将未发送的业务数据发送给接收端的第二终端设备。若之前被抢占资源的是UL传输,则根据配置的重传资源,进行上行传输,将未发送的业务数据发送给网络设备。若之前被抢占资源的是DL传输,则根据配置的重传资源,接收网络设备发送的业务数据。In this step, after receiving the first configuration information, if the previously preempted resource is SL transmission, the first terminal device performs side-link transmission according to the configured retransmission resource, and sends the unsent service data To the second terminal device at the receiving end. If the previously preempted resource is UL transmission, the uplink transmission is performed according to the configured retransmission resource, and the unsent service data is sent to the network device. If the previously preempted resource is DL transmission, the service data sent by the network device is received according to the configured retransmission resource.

本实施例提供的传输处理方法,第一终端设备在检测到多个传输发生时域重叠时,向网络设备发送指示信息,网络设备根据指示确定被抢占的资源类型,和/或需要配置的重 传资源,配置相应的重传资源指示给终端设备,避免了网络设备无法知道发生了时域重叠,导致UL和/或SL传输失败的问题,有效提高传输效率。In the transmission processing method provided in this embodiment, the first terminal device sends indication information to the network device when detecting that multiple transmissions overlap in time domain, and the network device determines the type of resource to be preempted and/or the reconfiguration required according to the indication. Transmission resources, configure the corresponding retransmission resource instructions to the terminal device, avoid the problem that the network device cannot know that the time domain overlap has occurred, which causes the UL and/or SL transmission to fail, and effectively improves the transmission efficiency.

在上述实施例一的基础上,在具体的应用上,在向网络设备发送指示信息之前,常规的实现中,多个传输在出现冲突,也就是时域重叠之后,第一终端设备可根据网络设备配置的传输优先级或者预先配置的,或者协议约定的传输优先级选择进行哪个传输,然而,在实际应用过程中,存在优先级高的传输链路质量不好的情况,因此,本申请该提供一种根据链路质量选择传输的技术方案。具体的,包括以下几种实现方式:On the basis of the first embodiment, in a specific application, before sending the instruction information to the network device, in a conventional implementation, after multiple transmissions collide, that is, after the time domain overlaps, the first terminal device can follow the network The transmission priority configured by the device is either pre-configured or the transmission priority agreed by the protocol to select which transmission to perform. However, in the actual application process, there are cases where the quality of the transmission link with high priority is not good. Therefore, this application should Provide a technical solution for selecting transmission based on link quality. Specifically, it includes the following implementation methods:

第一种,若第一终端设备检测到SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,则若所述第一终端设备与所述网络设备之间的Uu链路满足预设条件,向第二终端设备发送业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下至少一个,也就是一个或者多个:检测到发生无线链路失败(Radio Link Failure,RLF),上层或物理层指示发生了RLF,RLF相关的定时器超时,向上层指示发成了RRC连接失败,进入idle态(RRC_IDLE),第一终端设备离开连接态(RRC_CONNECTED),发生随机接入问题,T310超时,RLC重传达到最大次数,发生物理层问题(physical layer problem),触发小区重选或者发起小区重选,发送RRC重建立消息时,接收网络设备发送的RRC重建立或者RRC建立响应消息,发送RRC重建立完成消息或者RRC建立完成消息,所述Uu链路的链路质量小于预设值,例如Uu链路的测量结果小于预设值。也就是说,在第一终端设备和网络设备之间的链路质量较差的时候,优先选择SL传输。In the first type, if the first terminal device detects that the SL transmission and the UL transmission overlap in the time domain, then if the Uu link between the first terminal device and the network device meets a preset condition, the second terminal device Send service data; wherein, the preset conditions include at least one of the following, that is, one or more: a radio link failure (Radio Link Failure, RLF) is detected, the upper layer or the physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and RLF-related When the timer expires, the upper layer indicates that the RRC connection fails, enters the idle state (RRC_IDLE), the first terminal device leaves the connected state (RRC_CONNECTED), random access problems occur, T310 times out, RLC retransmissions to the maximum number of times, physical Physical layer problem, trigger cell reselection or initiate cell reselection, when sending RRC reestablishment message, receive RRC reestablishment or RRC establishment response message sent by network equipment, and send RRC reestablishment complete message or RRC establishment complete message , The link quality of the Uu link is less than the preset value, for example, the measurement result of the Uu link is less than the preset value. That is to say, when the quality of the link between the first terminal device and the network device is poor, SL transmission is preferred.

或者,若第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路满足预设条件,向网络设备发送业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下至少一个,也就是一个或者多个:检测到发生侧行链路RLF,RLF相关的定时器超时,向上层指示发生了与一个或多个接收终端设备的侧行链路RRC连接的失败,进入侧行链路或PC5idle态,终端设备离开侧行链路连接态(RRC_CONNECTED)或PC5连接态,RLC重传达到最大次数,发生侧行链路物理层问题(physical layer problem),触发小区重选或者发起小区重选,向一个或多个接收终端设备发送RRC重建立消息时,接收第二终端设备发送的RRC重建立或者RRC建立响应消息,向一个或多个终端设备发送RRC重建立完成消息或者RRC建立完成消息,上层或物理层指示发生了侧行链路RLF,所述侧行链路的链路质量小于预设值。本方案的含义是在第一终端设备和其他的第二终端设备之间的侧行链路质量较差的时候优先选择UL传输。Or, if the side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device satisfies a preset condition, the service data is sent to the network device; wherein, the preset condition includes at least one of the following, that is, one or more One: Detects the occurrence of side link RLF, the timer related to RLF expires, indicates to the upper layer that the failure of the side link RRC connection with one or more receiving terminal devices has occurred, and enters the side link or PC5 idle state, When the terminal device leaves the side link connected state (RRC_CONNECTED) or PC5 connected state, the RLC retransmissions to the maximum number of times, the physical layer problem of the side link occurs, triggers the cell reselection or initiates the cell reselection, When or multiple receiving terminal devices send the RRC re-establishment message, receive the RRC re-establishment or RRC establishment response message sent by the second terminal device, and send the RRC re-establishment complete message or the RRC establishment complete message to one or more terminal devices, and the upper layer or The physical layer indicates that a side link RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side link is less than a preset value. The meaning of this solution is to prefer UL transmission when the quality of the side link between the first terminal device and other second terminal devices is poor.

第二种,若第一终端设备检测到SL传输与DL传输在时域重叠,则可以有以下两种具体实现:若所述第一终端设备与所述网络设备之间的Uu链路满足预设条件,向第二终端设备发送业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下至少一个,也就是一个或者多个:检测到发生RLF,上层或物理层指示发生了RLF,RLF相关的定时器超时,向上层指示发生了RRC连接失败,进入idle态(RRC_IDLE),终端设备离开连接态(RRC_CONNECTED),发生随机接入问题,T310超时,RLC重传达到最大次数,发生物理层问题(physical layer problem),触发小区重选或者发起小区重选,发送RRC重建立消息时,接收网络设备发送的RRC重建立或者RRC建立响应消息,发送RRC重建立完成消息或者RRC建立完成消息,所述Uu链路的链路质量小于预设值。该方案的含义也就是在第一终端设备和网络设备之间的链路质量较差的时候,优先选择SL传输。In the second type, if the first terminal device detects that the SL transmission and DL transmission overlap in the time domain, the following two specific implementations are possible: If the Uu link between the first terminal device and the network device meets the pre-determined Set conditions, send service data to the second terminal device; wherein, the preset conditions include at least one of the following, that is, one or more: RLF is detected, the upper layer or the physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, RLF-related timers Timeout, indicating to the upper layer that an RRC connection failure has occurred, enters the idle state (RRC_IDLE), the terminal device leaves the connected state (RRC_CONNECTED), random access problems occur, T310 times out, RLC retransmissions to the maximum number of times, physical layer problems occur (physical layer problem), trigger cell reselection or initiate cell reselection, when sending an RRC reestablishment message, receive the RRC reestablishment or RRC establishment response message sent by the network device, and send the RRC reestablishment complete message or the RRC establishment complete message, the Uu chain The link quality of the road is less than the preset value. The meaning of this solution is that when the quality of the link between the first terminal device and the network device is poor, SL transmission is preferred.

若所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路满足预设条件,接收网络设备发送的业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下至少一个:检测到发生侧行链路RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了侧行链路RLF,RLF相关的定时器超时,向上层指示发生了与一个或多个接收终端设备的侧行链路RRC连接失败,进入侧行链路或PC5idle态,终端设备离开侧行链路连接态(RRC_CONNECTED)或PC5连接态,RLC重传达到最大次数,发生侧行链路物理层问题(physical layer problem),触发小区重选或者发起小区重选,向一个或多个接收终端设备发送RRC重建立消息,接收第二终端设备发送的RRC重建立或者RRC建立响应消息,向一个或多个终端设备发送RRC重建立完成消息或者RRC建立完成消息,所述侧行链路的链路质量小于预设值。本方案的含义是在第一终端设备和其他的第二终端设备之间的侧行链路质量较差的时候优先选择DL传输。If the side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device meets a preset condition, receive the service data sent by the network device; wherein, the preset condition includes at least one of the following: the occurrence side is detected Uplink RLF, the upper/physical layer indicates that sidelink RLF has occurred, the timer related to RLF expires, and the upper layer indicates that the sidelink RRC connection failure with one or more receiving terminal devices has occurred, and enters the sideline Link or PC5 idle state, the terminal device leaves the side link connected state (RRC_CONNECTED) or PC5 connected state, RLC retransmissions to the maximum number of times, the physical layer problem of the side link occurs, triggering cell reselection or initiation Cell reselection, sending an RRC re-establishment message to one or more receiving terminal devices, receiving an RRC re-establishment or RRC establishment response message sent by a second terminal device, and sending an RRC re-establishment complete message or RRC establishment to one or more terminal devices After completing the message, the link quality of the side link is less than a preset value. The meaning of this solution is to preferentially select DL transmission when the quality of the side link between the first terminal device and other second terminal devices is poor.

在上述两种实现方式中,如果网络设备与第一终端设备之间的UL或者DL传输抢占SL传输的次数过多,也可以模式切换的方式,避免侧行链路上的数据丢失以及传输失败的问题,具体的,若SL传输被抢占的次数达到预设次数,则所述第一终端设备的工作模式从调度模式切换至自主模式,或者,从调度模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式,在模式切换后,第一终端设备在选择资源或者网络设备配置资源时有更多的选择。或者,若SL传输被抢占的次数达到预设次数,则所述第一终端设备切换到调度模式与自主模式的组合模式,即可以同时利用调度模式和自主模式的资源,并自主选择可用的资源执行SL重传。In the above two implementations, if the UL or DL transmission between the network device and the first terminal device preempts the SL transmission too many times, the mode switch can also be used to avoid data loss and transmission failure on the side link Specifically, if the number of times the SL transmission is preempted reaches the preset number of times, the working mode of the first terminal device is switched from the scheduling mode to the autonomous mode, or from the scheduling mode to the combination of the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode Mode: After the mode is switched, the first terminal device has more choices when selecting resources or configuring resources by the network device. Alternatively, if the number of times that SL transmissions are preempted reaches the preset number of times, the first terminal device switches to the combined mode of the scheduling mode and the autonomous mode, that is, the resources of the scheduling mode and the autonomous mode can be used at the same time, and the available resources can be selected independently Perform SL retransmission.

示例性地,当侧行链路传输被抢占的次数大于预设阈值时,网络设备配置第一终端设备进行模式切换;可选地,第一终端设备维护一个计数器,当计数器达到预设阈值,则请求基站重配模式,或者自主切换工作模式。模式切换或者模式重配可以是以下一个或多个:侧行链路服务质量流、侧行链路逻辑信道LCH、侧行链路数据无线承载DRB、侧行链路逻辑信道组LCG、侧行链路业务目标标识、侧行链路分组数据单元会话。在该方案中,预设阈值可以由网络设备配置或者预配置。Exemplarily, when the number of times the sidelink transmission is preempted is greater than a preset threshold, the network device configures the first terminal device to perform mode switching; optionally, the first terminal device maintains a counter, and when the counter reaches the preset threshold, Then request the base station to reconfigure the mode, or switch the working mode autonomously. Mode switching or mode reconfiguration can be one or more of the following: side link quality of service flow, side link logical channel LCH, side link data radio bearer DRB, side link logical channel group LCG, side line Link service target identification, side link packet data unit session. In this solution, the preset threshold can be configured or pre-configured by the network device.

第三种,若第一终端设备检测到第一SL传输与第二SL传输在时域重叠,也就是两个SL传输之间在时域上存在了部分重叠或者全部重叠的情况,则在其中一个SL质量较差的情况下,可以优先选择另一个SL进行传输。具体的,若进行第一SL传输的第一侧行链路满足预设条件,则进行第二SL传输;其中,所述预设条件包括以下至少一个:检测到发生侧行链路RLF,上层或物理层指示发生了RLF,RLF相关的定时器超时,向上层指示发生了与一个或多个接收终端设备的侧行链路RRC连接失败,进入侧行链路或PC5idle态,终端设备离开侧行链路连接态(RRC_CONNECTED)或PC5连接态,RLC重传达到最大次数,发生侧行链路物理层问题(physical layer problem),触发小区重选或者发起小区重选,向一个或多个接收终端设备发送RRC重建立消息时,接收第二终端设备发送的RRC重建立或者RRC建立响应消息,向一个或多个终端设备发送RRC重建立完成消息或者RRC建立完成消息,所述第一侧行链路的链路质量小于预设值。In the third type, if the first terminal device detects that the first SL transmission and the second SL transmission overlap in the time domain, that is, there is a partial or full overlap between the two SL transmissions in the time domain. In the case of poor quality of one SL, another SL can be selected for transmission first. Specifically, if the first side link for the first SL transmission satisfies a preset condition, the second SL transmission is performed; wherein, the preset condition includes at least one of the following: the occurrence of side link RLF is detected, and the upper layer Or the physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, the RLF-related timer expires, and the upper layer indicates that the side link RRC connection failure with one or more receiving terminal devices has occurred, enters the side link or PC5 idle state, and the terminal device leaves the side Link connected state (RRC_CONNECTED) or PC5 connected state, RLC retransmissions to the maximum number of times, physical layer problem of side link occurs, trigger cell reselection or initiate cell reselection, and send to one or more receivers When the terminal device sends the RRC re-establishment message, it receives the RRC re-establishment or RRC establishment response message sent by the second terminal device, and sends the RRC re-establishment complete message or the RRC establishment complete message to one or more terminal devices, and the first side row The link quality of the link is less than the preset value.

同样的,在第一终端设备检测到UL传输与另一个UL传输在时域重叠时,也可以根据链路质量选择具体有限哪个链路进行传输,其实现原理与上述类似。Similarly, when the first terminal device detects that the UL transmission overlaps with another UL transmission in the time domain, it can also select which link is specifically limited for transmission according to the link quality, and the implementation principle is similar to the above.

此外,第一终端确定侧行链路RLF关联的定时器超时,则释放侧行链路资源(包括但不限于SL DG、SL CG、mode2资源中的一种或多种),或者停止侧行链路资源上的传输。 本方法可以不与实施例一的方案结合,单独执行。In addition, if the first terminal determines that the timer associated with the side link RLF expires, it releases side link resources (including but not limited to one or more of SLDG, SLCG, and mode2 resources), or stops the side link Transmission on link resources. This method may not be combined with the solution of the first embodiment, but can be executed separately.

此外,上述的几种通过链路质量进行传输选择的方案也可以不与实施例一的方案结合,单独执行,对此本方案不做限制。In addition, the above-mentioned several transmission selection schemes based on link quality may not be combined with the scheme of the first embodiment, but may be executed separately, and there is no restriction on this scheme.

上述PC5idle态的含义可以是第一终端设备与一个或多个第二终端设备断开连接、或者,第一终端设备的侧行链路传输不受网络控制,在此不做限制。The meaning of the above-mentioned PC5 idle state may be that the first terminal device is disconnected from one or more second terminal devices, or the side link transmission of the first terminal device is not controlled by the network, which is not limited here.

上述方案提供的传输处理方法,对于传输之间存在时域重叠时,可以根据链路质量选择具体进行哪个传输,例如,侧行链路的链路质量更好,上行链路的链路出现链路失败,或者链路质量特别低的时候,则可以选择进行侧行链路的传输;或者上行链路的链路质量更好,侧行链路的链路出现链路失败,或者链路质量特别低的时候,则可以选择进行上行链路的传输等,通过这种方式可以避免由于优先级的限制,在链路质量不好的时候发生重叠,导致两个传输均失败的问题。In the transmission processing method provided by the above solution, when there is time-domain overlap between transmissions, which transmission can be selected according to the link quality, for example, the link quality of the side link is better, and the link of the uplink appears chain When the link fails, or the link quality is particularly low, you can choose to transmit on the side link; or the link quality of the uplink is better, the link of the side link has a link failure, or the link quality When it is particularly low, you can choose to perform uplink transmission. In this way, you can avoid the problem of overlapping when the link quality is not good due to priority restrictions, causing both transmissions to fail.

在上述任一实施方式的基础上,第一配置信息除了能够为第一终端设备配置重传资源,还可以在SL传输与UL传输在时域的重叠时候,来指示第一终端设备的模式切换,也就是说第一配置信息还用于指示所述第一终端设备的工作模式从自主模式切换至调度模式,或者从自主模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。On the basis of any of the foregoing embodiments, the first configuration information can not only configure retransmission resources for the first terminal device, but can also indicate the mode switching of the first terminal device when the SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain. That is to say, the first configuration information is also used to instruct the working mode of the first terminal device to switch from the autonomous mode to the scheduling mode, or from the autonomous mode to the combined mode of the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode.

可选的,在另一种具体实现中,SL传输与UL传输在时域的重叠时,指示第一终端设备切换模式的消息,可以是网络设备单独发送的,即网络设备向第一终端设备发送第二配置信息,第一终端设备接收所述网络设备发送的第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的工作模式从自主模式切换至调度模式,或者从自主模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。Optionally, in another specific implementation, when the SL transmission and the UL transmission overlap in the time domain, the message indicating the switching mode of the first terminal device may be sent by the network device separately, that is, the network device sends the message to the first terminal device. Sending second configuration information, the first terminal device receives the second configuration information sent by the network device, and the second configuration information is used to instruct the first terminal device to switch its working mode from autonomous mode to scheduling mode, or from The autonomous mode is switched to a combined mode of autonomous mode and dispatch mode.

上述方案提供的传输处理方法,为了保证传输效率,网络设备可以配置将第一种终端设备的工作模式进行切换,增加网络设备对终端设备资源的调度,具体可以通过第一配置消息进行指示,也可以再发送一个配置信息进行指示。In the transmission processing method provided by the above solution, in order to ensure transmission efficiency, the network device can be configured to switch the working mode of the first terminal device to increase the network device's scheduling of terminal device resources. Specifically, the first configuration message can be used to indicate, or You can send another configuration message to indicate.

在上述任一实施例的基础上,下面以终端设备为UE,网络设备为基站为例,对本申请提供的传输处理方法进行举例说明,具体提供几种不同情况下的实现方式。On the basis of any of the foregoing embodiments, the following takes the terminal device as the UE and the network device as the base station as an example to illustrate the transmission processing method provided in this application, and specifically provide several implementation methods in different situations.

实例一Example one

传输冲突即表示两个或多个传输资源的时域资源重叠,与前述的时域重叠时相同的含义,由于TX UE在一个时刻只能在一个时频资源上传输,故需要从这多个时域重叠的资源中进行筛选。筛选后的结果是TX UE将优先这多个时频资源(或者称为授权)其中的一个,将其他资源低优先级处理(即其他传输被抢占),即在多个传输之间在时域上重叠时,TX UE选择其中的一个传输,将其他的传输低优先级处理。如果TX UE已经针对这些低优先级的时频资源生成了MAC PDU,则将这些MAC PDU保存在HARQ缓存器中,等待基站调度重传。Transmission conflict means that the time domain resources of two or more transmission resources overlap. It has the same meaning as the aforementioned time domain overlap. Since the TX UE can only transmit on one time-frequency resource at a time, it needs to start from these multiple time-frequency resources. Filter in resources with overlapping time domains. The result of the screening is that the TX UE will give priority to one of these multiple time-frequency resources (or called authorization), and treat other resources with low priority (that is, other transmissions are preempted), that is, in the time domain between multiple transmissions When the upper overlap, the TX UE selects one of the transmissions and processes the other transmissions with low priority. If the TX UE has generated MAC PDUs for these low-priority time-frequency resources, it will save these MAC PDUs in the HARQ buffer and wait for the base station to schedule retransmissions.

本申请的各个实施例中涉及到的冲突包括:UL传输与UL传输之间的冲突,SL传输与SL传输之间的冲突,SL传输与UL传输之间的冲突,SL传输与DL传输之间的冲突中的任何一种,在该方案中,应理解,SL传输包括mode1,mode2,DG,CG中的一个或者多个类型的传输,DL传输或者UL传输也包括DG和/或CG类型的传输。具体的,包括但不限于以下一些具体的传输冲突场景:The conflicts involved in the various embodiments of the present application include: conflicts between UL transmission and UL transmission, conflicts between SL transmission and SL transmission, conflicts between SL transmission and UL transmission, and between SL transmission and DL transmission In this solution, it should be understood that SL transmission includes one or more types of mode1, mode2, DG, and CG, and DL transmission or UL transmission also includes DG and/or CG types. transmission. Specifically, including but not limited to the following specific transmission conflict scenarios:

(一),SL传输与SL传输在时域重叠(冲突)。可进一步细分为:(1) SL transmission and SL transmission overlap (conflict) in the time domain. It can be further subdivided into:

1,Mode1与mode1资源冲突,即SL CG与SL DG之间的冲突,或者多个SL CG之间的冲突,或者多个SL DG之前的冲突,对此不做限制。1. Mode1 and mode1 resource conflicts, that is, conflicts between SL CG and SL DG, or conflicts between multiple SL CGs, or conflicts before multiple SL DGs, there is no restriction on this.

(二),SL与UL传输在时域重叠(2) SL and UL transmission overlap in the time domain

1,两个授权之间的在时域重叠,进一步细分为:1. The time domain overlap between the two authorizations is further subdivided into:

a)、UL DG与SL DG之间在时域重叠;a). UL DG and SL DG overlap in time domain;

b)、UL DG与SL CG之间在时域重叠;b). UL DG and SL CG overlap in the time domain;

c)、UL CG与SL CG之间在时域重叠;c). UL CG and SL CG overlap in the time domain;

d)、UL CG与SL DG之间在时域重叠;d). UL CG and SL DG overlap in time domain;

2,多个授权之间的冲突,进一步细分为:2. The conflicts between multiple authorizations are further subdivided into:

a)、多个UL授权与SL CG之间在时域重叠;a). Multiple UL authorizations and SL CG overlap in the time domain;

b)、多个UL授权与SL DG之间在时域重叠;b). Multiple UL authorizations and SL DG overlap in the time domain;

c)、UL DG或者UL CG与SL CG以及SL DG之间在时域重叠;c) UL DG or UL CG and SL CG and SL DG overlap in the time domain;

d)、UL DG或者UL CG与SL mode1资源以及mode2资源在时域重叠;d) UL DG or UL CG and SL mode1 resources and mode2 resources overlap in the time domain;

(三)SL与DL传输在时域重叠(冲突)(3) SL and DL transmission overlap (conflict) in the time domain

1,两个授权之间的在时域重叠,进一步细分为:1. The time domain overlap between the two authorizations is further subdivided into:

a)、DL DG与SL DG之间在时域重叠;a). DL DG and SL DG overlap in time domain;

b)、DL DG与SL CG之间在时域重叠;b). DL DG and SL CG overlap in the time domain;

c)、DL CG与SL CG之间在时域重叠;c). DL CG and SL CG overlap in the time domain;

d)、DL CG与SL DG之间在时域重叠;d). DL CG and SL DG overlap in time domain;

2,多个授权之间在时域重叠,进一步细分为:2. Multiple authorizations overlap in the time domain and are further subdivided into:

a)、多个DL授权与SL CG之间在时域重叠;a). Multiple DL authorizations and SL CG overlap in the time domain;

b)、多个DL授权与SL DG之间在时域重叠;b). Multiple DL authorizations and SL DG overlap in the time domain;

c)、DL DG或者UL CG与SL CG以及SL DG之间在时域重叠;c), DL DG or UL CG and SL CG and SL DG overlap in the time domain;

d)、DL DG或者UL CG与SL mode1资源以及mode2资源在时域重叠;d) DL DG or UL CG and SL mode1 resources and mode2 resources overlap in the time domain;

(四),UL与UL传输在时域重叠(4) UL and UL transmission overlap in the time domain

a)、UL DG与UL DG之间在时域重叠;a). UL DG and UL DG overlap in the time domain;

b)、UL DG与UL CG之间在时域重叠;b). UL DG and UL CG overlap in the time domain;

c)、UL CG与UL CG之间在时域重叠;c). UL CG and UL CG overlap in the time domain;

d)、UL data与UL控制信道传输之间在时域重叠;d). UL data and UL control channel transmission overlap in the time domain;

d)、UL控制信道传输与UL控制信道传输之间在时域重叠;d), UL control channel transmission and UL control channel transmission overlap in the time domain;

针对上述列出的传输在时域上重叠的场景,为了通知基站发生了传输的时域重叠,并为被抢占的传输调度重传资源,以SL传输和UL传输在时域上重叠为例。本实例提供一种方法,具体描述如下:For the scenarios where the transmissions overlap in the time domain listed above, in order to notify the base station that the time domain overlap of the transmission occurs, and schedule retransmission resources for the preempted transmission, take the overlap of SL transmission and UL transmission in the time domain as an example. This example provides a method, which is described as follows:

当多个传输在时域上重叠,发送端(Transmit,TX)UE向基站上报指示消息,或者TX UE触发该指示消息,当基站接收到该指示消息,便可获知TX UE发生了传输冲突、是SL还是UL传输被抢占、以及被抢占的传输需要的重传资源的大小。When multiple transmissions overlap in the time domain, the transmitting end (Transmit, TX) UE reports an indication message to the base station, or the TX UE triggers the indication message. When the base station receives the indication message, it can learn that the TX UE has a transmission conflict, Is the SL or UL transmission preempted, and the size of the retransmission resources required for the preempted transmission.

该指示信息的形式可以是新定义一个信令,例如MAC CE或者RRC消息等。该信令专用于向基站指示TX UE的缓存器中存在被抢占并且需要重传资源的数据或者MAC PDU。例如,如果该指示为MAC CE,则需要为该MAC CE定义专用LCID,该LCID在封装MAC PDU 时,被包含在MAC CE对应的MAC子头中。基站在接收到该MAC CE之后,通过解码MAC子头及其中的LCID字段,可以知道该MAC子头后面携带的是用于指示重传的MAC CE。另外该MAC CE可以为1比特或者多比特。当MAC CE包含1比特时,取值为“0”表示SL传输被抢占,取值为“1”时表示UL传输被抢占,应理解该方案中的MAC CE可以是0比特、1比特或者多比特。The form of the indication information may be a newly defined signaling, such as a MAC CE or RRC message. This signaling is dedicated to indicating to the base station that there is data or MAC PDU that is preempted and needs to be retransmitted in the buffer of the TX UE. For example, if the indication is a MAC CE, a dedicated LCID needs to be defined for the MAC CE. When the MAC PDU is encapsulated, the LCID is included in the MAC subheader corresponding to the MAC CE. After receiving the MAC CE, the base station can know that the MAC sub-header carries the MAC CE used to indicate retransmission by decoding the MAC sub-header and the LCID field in it. In addition, the MAC CE can be 1 bit or multiple bits. When the MAC CE contains 1 bit, the value "0" means that the SL transmission is preempted, and the value "1" means that the UL transmission is preempted. It should be understood that the MAC CE in this scheme can be 0 bit, 1 bit or more. Bits.

该指示信息的内容可以包括时间单元索引(例如时隙编号)、逻辑信道索引,SL传输对应的HARQ进程标识、SL传输对应的HARQ进程对应的缓存器状态(buffer status)、需求的资源大小、终端标识(例如C-RNTI或者用于侧行链路的RNTI)、层2源标识(Destination L2 ID)和/或目标标识(Source L2 ID)等。The content of the indication information may include time unit index (for example, time slot number), logical channel index, HARQ process identifier corresponding to SL transmission, buffer status corresponding to HARQ process corresponding to SL transmission, required resource size, Terminal identification (for example, C-RNTI or RNTI for side link), layer 2 source identification (Destination L2 ID), and/or destination identification (Source L2 ID), etc.

若该指示信息重用现有指示信息,可以是现有的重传指示,例如上报被抢占的传输对应的HARQ进程号,则本实施例的方案是在传输在时域重叠的情况下,触发该指示信息。If the indication information reuses the existing indication information, it can be an existing retransmission indication, such as reporting the HARQ process number corresponding to the preempted transmission. The solution of this embodiment is to trigger the transmission when the transmission overlaps in the time domain. Instructions.

可选的,该指示信息可以是SR,即定义专用SR,当传输冲突时,在该专用SR资源上上报SR,以通知基站发生了传输抢占。Optionally, the indication information may be an SR, that is, a dedicated SR is defined. When transmission conflicts, the SR is reported on the dedicated SR resource to notify the base station that transmission preemption has occurred.

可选地,可以定义一个或者一组专用SR资源,当SL被抢占或者UL被抢占,则在该资源上上报SR;Optionally, one or a group of dedicated SR resources can be defined, and when the SL is preempted or the UL is preempted, the SR is reported on the resource;

或者,定义两个或者两组专用SR资源,分别用于SL被抢占和UL被抢占。例如,若SL资源被抢占,则TX UE在SR资源1上上报SR,基站在SR资源1上接收到SR后,可以知道SL传输被UL传输抢占,根据基站接收到UL传输的时频位置,便可以知道被抢占的SL资源的时频位置,进而调度相应的重传资源;若UL传输被抢占,则TX UE在SR资源2上上报SR,基站在SR资源2上接收到SR后,可以知道UL传输被SL传输抢占,由于UL传输的时频资源由基站调度,则基站根据调度了被没有接收到上行传输的UL授权调度重传资源。Or, define two or two sets of dedicated SR resources, which are respectively used for SL being preempted and UL being preempted. For example, if the SL resource is preempted, the TX UE reports the SR on SR resource 1. After the base station receives the SR on SR resource 1, it can know that the SL transmission is preempted by the UL transmission. According to the time-frequency position of the UL transmission received by the base station, Then you can know the time-frequency position of the preempted SL resources, and then schedule the corresponding retransmission resources; if the UL transmission is preempted, the TX UE reports the SR on SR resource 2. After the base station receives the SR on SR resource 2, it can Knowing that the UL transmission is preempted by the SL transmission, since the time-frequency resources of the UL transmission are scheduled by the base station, the base station schedules the retransmission resources according to the UL grant that has not received the uplink transmission.

基于上述指示信息进行进一步说明。Further explanation will be given based on the above instructions.

(1)若SL传输被抢占。(1) If the SL transmission is preempted.

Option 1:触发/上报上述指示信息。Option 1: Trigger/report the above indication information.

Option 2:触发/上报NACK。若SL传输被UL传输抢占,并且该SL传输(即PSSCH资源)对应于一段时间(timing)后的HARQ反馈资源(PUCCH资源)。应理解,如果通过NACK消息进行指示传输重叠,对于侧行链路的反馈,具体实现中,在SL传输正常传输时候,TX UE在向RX UE发送了SL传输之后,向基站进行反馈的方式一般是在接收到RX UE的反馈消息(ACK/NACK消息)的预设时长后,再向基站发送反馈消息,然而,对于SL传输被抢占的情况,RX UE并未接收到SL传输,因此并不会向TX UE进行反馈,也就是说SL传输未进行或者TX UE不会接收到RX UE反馈的ACK/NACK消息。在本方案中,即使TX UE未接收到RX UE的反馈,由于SL传输被抢占,也可以触发向基站的NACK消息,具体的,依然是在产生时域重叠的时间后的预设时长后,在HARQ反馈资源上向基站发送NACK消息,以便基站能够为该SL传输调度重传资源。Option 2: Trigger/report NACK. If the SL transmission is preempted by the UL transmission, and the SL transmission (that is, the PSSCH resource) corresponds to the HARQ feedback resource (PUCCH resource) after a period of time (timing). It should be understood that if the transmission overlap is indicated through the NACK message, the feedback of the side link is implemented. In the specific implementation, when the SL transmission is normally transmitted, the TX UE sends the SL transmission to the RX UE and the method of feedback to the base station is general After receiving the RX UE's feedback message (ACK/NACK message) for a preset period of time, the feedback message is sent to the base station. However, in the case that the SL transmission is preempted, the RX UE does not receive the SL transmission, so it does not It will feed back to the TX UE, which means that the SL transmission is not performed or the TX UE will not receive the ACK/NACK message fed back by the RX UE. In this solution, even if the TX UE does not receive the RX UE feedback, because the SL transmission is preempted, it can trigger the NACK message to the base station. Specifically, it is still after the preset time period after the time domain overlap occurs. Send a NACK message to the base station on the HARQ feedback resources so that the base station can schedule retransmission resources for the SL transmission.

举例来说,每一个SL传输对应一个HARQ反馈资源,即PUCCH资源,并且SL资源与其对应的PUCCH资源存在一定的时间关系,例如,若SL资源的时域资源位于时间单元n,timing关系为t,则PUCCH资源的时域资源位于时间单元n+t。当TX UE在该SL资源上与RX UE进行通信,RX UE针对此次传输向TX UE反馈NACK,则TX UE在t个时间单元后的PUCCH资源上上报NACK,表示该SL资源上的SL传输失败,需要基站调度对应的SL重传 资源。由于基站已知SL资源与对应的PUCCH资源,则基站根据接收到NACK的PUCCH资源可以判断出哪一个SL资源上的传输失败,进而调度重传资源。For example, each SL transmission corresponds to a HARQ feedback resource, that is, a PUCCH resource, and there is a certain time relationship between the SL resource and its corresponding PUCCH resource. For example, if the time domain resource of the SL resource is located in time unit n, the timing relationship is t , Then the time domain resource of the PUCCH resource is located in the time unit n+t. When the TX UE communicates with the RX UE on the SL resource, and the RX UE feeds back a NACK to the TX UE for this transmission, the TX UE reports the NACK on the PUCCH resource after t time units, indicating the SL transmission on the SL resource If it fails, the base station needs to schedule the corresponding SL retransmission resources. Since the base station knows the SL resource and the corresponding PUCCH resource, the base station can determine which SL resource has failed transmission according to the PUCCH resource of the received NACK, and then schedule the retransmission resource.

在本实施例中,若SL传输被抢占,由于SL传输没有执行,故接收不到RX UE反馈的NACK,因此在本方案的具体实现中,若SL传输被抢占,需要在SL传输对应的PUCCH资源上上报HARQ反馈(即NACK)。In this embodiment, if SL transmission is preempted, since SL transmission is not executed, the NACK feedback from RX UE cannot be received. Therefore, in the specific implementation of this solution, if SL transmission is preempted, the corresponding PUCCH needs to be transmitted in SL. The resource reports HARQ feedback (ie NACK).

(1)若UL传输被抢占。(1) If the UL transmission is preempted.

Option 1:触发/上报上述重传Option 1: Trigger/report the above retransmission

另外,若多个UL传输被抢占,需要在指示信息中上报多个上行授权对应的HARQ进程的缓存器状态。In addition, if multiple UL transmissions are preempted, the buffer status of the HARQ process corresponding to the multiple uplink grants needs to be reported in the indication information.

在一种可选方案中,若是两个UL传输之间的冲突,在向基站上报指示信息时,该指示信息中需要携带In an optional solution, if there is a conflict between two UL transmissions, when reporting instruction information to the base station, the instruction information needs to carry

上述实例提供了一种具体的传输处理方法,在多个传输之间出现了时域重叠之后,触发向网络设备上报指示信息,请求重传资源,可避免传输冲突导致的数据包的丢失,进而导致数据或其他上报信息的丢失,保证数据的传输,减小业务时延。The above example provides a specific transmission processing method. After multiple transmissions overlap in time domain, it triggers to report indication information to the network device and request retransmission resources, which can avoid the loss of data packets caused by transmission conflicts, and then Lead to the loss of data or other reported information, ensure data transmission, and reduce business delay.

实例二Example two

实例二与实例一的区别在于,本实例为SL传输被抢占的场景定义了一种具体的处理方案,本实例提供的方法不需定义新的指示信息,具体描述如下:The difference between the second example and the first example is that this example defines a specific processing scheme for the scenario where the SL transmission is preempted. The method provided in this example does not need to define new instructions. The specific description is as follows:

在SL传输与UL产生时域上的部分重叠或者全部重叠时,UL传输抢占了SL传输的资源,此时可以在UL传输要发送给基站的上行的MAC PDU中携带指示信息,具体可以增加一些字段来指示,本方案中可定义一种新的UL MAC PDU格式,例如在MAC头中增加一个或者多个比特,用来指示该UL MAC PDU抢占了SL传输。When the SL transmission and the UL generation time domain overlap partially or completely, the UL transmission preempts the resources of the SL transmission. At this time, the uplink MAC PDU to be sent to the base station for the UL transmission can carry the indication information, and the specific information can be added. Fields indicate that a new UL MAC PDU format can be defined in this solution. For example, one or more bits are added to the MAC header to indicate that the UL MAC PDU preempts SL transmission.

例如,在MAC头中增加1比特,当该比特取值为“1”时,表示该UL MAC PDU的传输抢占了SL传输;当该比特取值为“0”时,表示该UL传输没有与SL传输冲突。For example, add 1 bit to the MAC header. When the bit value is "1", it means that the UL MAC PDU transmission preempts the SL transmission; when the bit value is "0", it means that the UL transmission is not SL transmission conflict.

或者在MAC头中增加多个比特,用来指示该UL MAC PDU的传输抢占了SL传输,并且指示抢占的是SL CG还是SL SG。以两个比特为例,若该指示的取值为“00”,表示该UL MAC PDU的传输没有抢占SL传输,即没有发生过UL传输与SL传输在时域重叠;若指示的取值为“10”,表示该UL MAC PDU的传输抢占了SL传输,即发生过UL传输与SL传输在时域重叠,并且抢占的是SL CG;若指示的取值为“11”,表示该UL MAC PDU的传输抢占了SL传输,即发生过UL传输与SL传输在时域重叠,并且抢占的是SL DG。Or add multiple bits in the MAC header to indicate that the UL MAC PDU transmission preempts the SL transmission, and to indicate whether the preemption is SL CG or SL SG. Taking two bits as an example, if the value of the indication is "00", it means that the UL MAC PDU transmission did not preempt SL transmission, that is, there has been no overlap between UL transmission and SL transmission in the time domain; if the indicated value is "10" means that the UL MAC PDU transmission preempts the SL transmission, that is, the UL transmission and the SL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the preemption is SL CG; if the indicated value is "11", it means the UL MAC PDU transmission preempts SL transmission, that is, UL transmission and SL transmission overlap in the time domain, and it is SL DG that preempts.

当基站接收到上行传输的数据时,通过解码传输块并且识别MAC头,根据MAC头中特殊比特的取值可以判断该UL MAC PDU的传输是否与SL传输在时域发生重叠。若UL传输与SL传输在时域重叠,则基站根据接收到的UL传输的时频资源位置,确定抢占的SL传输的资源,并据此为重叠的SL资源调度重传资源,并指示给TX UE,以完成SL传输。When the base station receives the uplink data, it decodes the transmission block and recognizes the MAC header, and can determine whether the UL MAC PDU transmission overlaps with the SL transmission in the time domain according to the value of the special bit in the MAC header. If UL transmission and SL transmission overlap in the time domain, the base station determines the preempted SL transmission resources according to the received UL transmission time-frequency resource location, and schedules retransmission resources for the overlapping SL resources based on this, and instructs the TX UE to complete the SL transmission.

在一种可选方案中,若是两个UL传输之间的冲突,也可以按照本实例中的方式,利用另一个UL MAC PDU携带该指示信息发送给基站。In an optional solution, if there is a conflict between two UL transmissions, another UL MAC PDU can also be used to carry the indication information and send it to the base station in the manner in this example.

本实施例提供的传输处理方法,该方案中TX UE不需要额外去发送指示信息,可以将该指示信息放在本来要发送的上行PDU中进行发送,保证数据的传输,减小业务时延。In the transmission processing method provided in this embodiment, in this solution, the TX UE does not need to send additional indication information, and the indication information can be placed in the uplink PDU to be sent for transmission to ensure data transmission and reduce service delay.

实例三Example three

前述两个实例均为改变当前判断SL和SL或者SL和UL传输的优先级规则,均是在已经 完成优先级选择过程之后,提出对被抢占的传输的处理方法。在本实施例中,进一步考虑SL与UL的传输优先级的选择方案。The foregoing two examples both change the current priority rules for judging SL and SL or SL and UL transmissions, and both propose processing methods for preempted transmissions after the priority selection process has been completed. In this embodiment, the selection scheme of SL and UL transmission priority is further considered.

在一种具体的时限中,TX UE可以基于Uu链路质量确定UL与SL的传输优先级。例如,如TX UE检测到Uu发生了RLF,则即使UL传输的数据优先级高于SL传输,仍然应该优先SL传输。否则,若按照现有优先级规则优先UL传输,当由于Uu链路质量较差,TX UE无法成功发送UL传输,或者基站无法接收上行传输,将导致UL传输失败,同时SL也未能传输,故浪费了传输机会。因此,当Uu链路质量较差时,优先SL传输。In a specific time limit, the TX UE may determine the transmission priority of UL and SL based on the Uu link quality. For example, if the TX UE detects that RLF has occurred in Uu, even if the priority of UL transmission data is higher than SL transmission, SL transmission should still be given priority. Otherwise, if UL transmission is prioritized according to the existing priority rules, when the Uu link quality is poor, the TX UE cannot successfully send UL transmission, or the base station cannot receive uplink transmission, which will cause UL transmission to fail, and SL also fails to transmit. Therefore, the transmission opportunity is wasted. Therefore, when the Uu link quality is poor, SL transmission is preferred.

类似的,如果SL传输的优先级高于UL传输的优先级,但是SL的链路质量较差,例如:发生侧行的无线链路失败,或者该侧行链路质量小于预设值等,则优先选择UL传输,避免根据现有的优先级选择了有限传输SL,但是链路质量较差,SL传输失败,同时UL也未能传输的问题。Similarly, if the priority of SL transmission is higher than the priority of UL transmission, but the SL link quality is poor, for example, a side-line radio link failure occurs, or the side-line link quality is less than the preset value, etc. Then the UL transmission is preferred to avoid the problem that the limited transmission SL is selected according to the existing priority, but the link quality is poor, the SL transmission fails, and the UL cannot transmit at the same time.

上述方案在SL传输和DL传输,或者SL传输和SL传输之间存在时域重叠时,也可以根据链路质量选择哪个传输,对此本方案不做限制。In the above solution, when there is time domain overlap between SL transmission and DL transmission, or between SL transmission and SL transmission, which transmission can also be selected according to the link quality, there is no restriction on this solution.

当TX UE工作于mode1,并且SL传输多次被UL传输抢占,则TX UE触发mode切换,即从工作于mode1切换为工作于mode2或者mode1+2;可选地,设置最大被抢占次数,若SL传输被抢占的次数大于该阈值,值触发mode切换,或者向基站请求mode切换,例如,触发/向基站请求系统信息。When the TX UE works in mode1 and the SL transmission is preempted by UL transmission multiple times, the TX UE triggers a mode switch, that is, switches from working in mode1 to working in mode2 or mode1+2; optionally, set the maximum preemption times, if The number of times that SL transmission is preempted is greater than the threshold, and the value triggers mode switching, or requests mode switching from the base station, for example, triggers/requests the base station for system information.

本实例提供的传输处理方法,在发生时域重叠之后,通过链路质量选择合适的传输,避免由于优先级高的传输的链路质量不好,导致两个传输都失败的情况。In the transmission processing method provided in this example, after time-domain overlap occurs, the appropriate transmission is selected through link quality to avoid the situation that both transmissions fail due to the poor link quality of the high-priority transmission.

实例四Example four

本实例主要解决当TX UE工作于自主模式(mode 2)时,SL传输与UL传输冲突问题。当处于自主模式(mode 2)SL资源与UL资源在时域上冲突时,TX UE可以按照实例一的方案,触发/上报指示信息,相应地,基站需要配置TX UE切换到调度模式(mode1)或者调度模式和自主模式的组合(mode1+2),也就是说基站可以配置TX UE进行模式切换,即网络设备可以配置发送端的终端设备进行模式切换。This example mainly solves the problem of conflict between SL transmission and UL transmission when the TX UE works in autonomous mode (mode 2). When in autonomous mode (mode 2), when SL resources and UL resources conflict in the time domain, TX UE can trigger/report indication information according to the scheme of Example 1. Correspondingly, the base station needs to configure TX UE to switch to scheduling mode (mode1) Or a combination of scheduling mode and autonomous mode (mode1+2), that is, the base station can configure the TX UE for mode switching, that is, the network device can configure the terminal device at the transmitting end to perform mode switching.

综上所述,本申请提供的传输处理方案,解决了发送端的终端设备的SL传输与其他的类型的传输冲突时,如何向网络设备请求重传资源的问题,同时可避免传输冲突导致的数据包的丢失,进而导致数据或其他上报信息的额丢失,保证数据的传输,减小业务时延。In summary, the transmission processing solution provided by this application solves the problem of how to request retransmission resources from the network device when the SL transmission of the terminal device at the sending end conflicts with other types of transmission, and at the same time, it can avoid the data caused by the transmission conflict. The loss of packets, in turn, leads to the loss of data or other reported information, ensuring data transmission and reducing service delay.

图3为本申请提供的传输处理方法实施例二的流程示意图,如图3所示,该传输处理方法主要是应用在进行侧行链路传输的终端设备以及网络设备之间,本方案主要涉及侧行链路的资源释放过程,具体包括以下步骤:Fig. 3 is a schematic flow chart of the second embodiment of the transmission processing method provided by this application. As shown in Fig. 3, the transmission processing method is mainly applied between the terminal equipment and the network equipment that perform sidelink transmission. This solution mainly involves The resource release process of the side link specifically includes the following steps:

S201:第一终端设备确定满足预设条件,释放或去激活第一资源。S201: The first terminal device determines that a preset condition is met, and releases or deactivates the first resource.

该方案中,所述第一资源可以为配置的侧行链路授权(sidelink configured grant,SL CG)type 1或者type 2。In this solution, the first resource may be a configured sidelink configured grant (SL CG) type 1 or type 2.

应理解,第一终端设备为发送端的终端设备,第二终端设备为接收端的终端设备,也就是说第一终端设备可以直接和网络设备侧进行交互,例如:上述图1所示的场景中,第一终端设备可以是UE5,第二终端设备可以是UE7、UE4、UE6,UE5可以在侧行链路上发送数据给UE7、UE4、UE6,或者,第一终端设备可以是UE2,第二终端设备可以是UE3、UE7,UE2在侧行链路上发送数据给UE3、UE7。It should be understood that the first terminal device is the terminal device on the sending end, and the second terminal device is the terminal device on the receiving end, that is to say, the first terminal device can directly interact with the network device side. For example, in the scenario shown in FIG. 1 above, The first terminal device can be UE5, the second terminal device can be UE7, UE4, UE6, and UE5 can send data to UE7, UE4, UE6 on the side link, or the first terminal device can be UE2, and the second terminal device The equipment may be UE3 and UE7, and UE2 sends data to UE3 and UE7 on the side link.

在本实施例中,第一终端设备确定满足预设条件,则第一终端设备确定释放或去激活第一资源,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:第一终端设备在第一资源上连续P次未执行传输,P为大于等于0的整数;或者第一终端设备确认不再使用第一资源或者去激活该资源或者释放该资源;或者第一终端设备在第一资源上完成第一业务的传输,所述第一业务可以对应于一个目标标识或者第一业务对应于一个目标标识以及一个源标识;或者第一终端设备在一段时间内未使用第一资源,可选地,为第一资源配置一个定时器,当在第一资源上发送侧行链路传输时启动或重启该定时器;定时器超时,第一终端设备释放或去激活第一资源,即第一终端设备确定不需要使用第一资源执行侧行链路传输,因而释放或去激活第一资源。所述定时器以及时长可以由网络设备通过RRC消息或物理层信令配置,或者预配置,或者所述定时器的时长由第一终端设备确定。In this embodiment, if the first terminal device determines that a preset condition is satisfied, the first terminal device determines to release or deactivate the first resource. The preset condition includes one or more of the following: the first terminal device is in the first resource No transmission has been performed for P consecutive times, and P is an integer greater than or equal to 0; or the first terminal device confirms that the first resource is no longer used or deactivates or releases the resource; or the first terminal device completes the first resource on the first resource For the transmission of a service, the first service may correspond to a target identifier or the first service may correspond to a target identifier and a source identifier; or the first terminal device has not used the first resource for a period of time, optionally, The first resource is configured with a timer, and the timer is started or restarted when the side link transmission is sent on the first resource; when the timer expires, the first terminal device releases or deactivates the first resource, that is, the first terminal device determines There is no need to use the first resource to perform sidelink transmission, and thus the first resource is released or deactivated. The timer and the duration may be configured by the network device through an RRC message or physical layer signaling, or pre-configured, or the duration of the timer may be determined by the first terminal device.

S202:第一终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息,第一信息用于指示释放第一资源。S202: The first terminal device sends first information to the network device, where the first information is used to instruct to release the first resource.

在本实施中,第一终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示网络设备第一终端设备去激活了或释放了第一资源。可选的,第一终端设备触发第一信息,然后向网络设备发送该第一信息。In this implementation, the first terminal device sends first information to the network device, where the first information is used to indicate to the network device that the first terminal device has deactivated or released the first resource. Optionally, the first terminal device triggers the first information, and then sends the first information to the network device.

该第一信息的内容可以包括以下一个或多个:第一资源的索引(index)、时间单元索引(例如时隙编号)、逻辑信道索引,SL传输对应的HARQ进程标识、SL传输对应的HARQ进程对应的缓存器状态(buffer status)、第一资源的索引、部分带宽索引、终端标识(例如C-RNTI或者用于侧行链路的RNTI)、层2源标识(Destination L2 ID)和/或目标标识(Source L2 ID)等。The content of the first information may include one or more of the following: index of the first resource (index), time unit index (for example, time slot number), logical channel index, HARQ process identifier corresponding to SL transmission, HARQ corresponding to SL transmission The buffer status corresponding to the process (buffer status), the index of the first resource, the partial bandwidth index, the terminal identifier (such as C-RNTI or RNTI for the side link), the layer 2 source identifier (Destination L2 ID), and/ Or target identification (Source L2 ID), etc.

第一信息可以承载于MAC CE,该MAC CE用于指示第一信息,并且该MAC CE关联一个逻辑信道标识;第一信息也可以为RRC消息或物理层信令,本实施例不做限定。The first information may be carried on the MAC CE, the MAC CE is used to indicate the first information, and the MAC CE is associated with a logical channel identifier; the first information may also be an RRC message or physical layer signaling, which is not limited in this embodiment.

接收到第一信息后,网络设备可以获知第一终端设备不再使用第一资源进行侧行链路传输,进而可以将第一资源分配给其他终端设备,提高资源的利用率。After receiving the first information, the network device can learn that the first terminal device no longer uses the first resource for sidelink transmission, and then can allocate the first resource to other terminal devices to improve resource utilization.

图4为本申请提供的传输处理方法实施例三的流程示意图,如图4所示,该侧行链路的的传输处理方法主要是应用在进行侧行链路传输的两个终端设备之间,具体包括以下步骤:FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 3 of the transmission processing method provided by this application. As shown in FIG. 4, the transmission processing method of the side-link transmission is mainly applied between two terminal devices that perform side-link transmission. , Specifically including the following steps:

S301:第一终端设备从网络设备获取第二资源。S301: The first terminal device obtains the second resource from the network device.

该方案中,第二资源为SL配置的授权(Configured Grant,CG),由网络设备通过DCI或者RRC消息提供配置信息和/或视频资源信息。In this solution, the second resource is the SL configuration authorization (Configured Grant, CG), and the network device provides configuration information and/or video resource information through DCI or RRC messages.

本方案的具体实现中,以第二资源为SL配置的授权(Configured Grant,CG)type 2为例。此外,第二资源还可以为SL CG type1、SL动态授权(dynamic grant,DG)的配置信息,或者,第二资源为SL mode2资源/资源池的配置信息,方案相同,在此不再赘述。In the specific implementation of this solution, take the second resource as an example of the authorization (Configured Grant, CG) type 2 configured by the SL. In addition, the second resource may also be SL CG type1, SL dynamic grant (DG) configuration information, or, the second resource may be SL mode2 resource/resource pool configuration information, the scheme is the same, and details are not repeated here.

本实施例中,应理解,第一终端设备为发送端的终端设备,第二终端设备为接收端的终端设备,也就是说第一终端设备可以直接和网络设备侧进行交互,例如:上述图1所示的场景中,第一终端设备可以是UE5,第二终端设备可以是UE7、UE4、UE6,UE5可以在侧行链路上发送数据给UE7、UE4、UE6,或者,第一终端设备可以是UE2,第二终端设备可以是UE3、UE7,UE2在侧行链路上发送数据给UE3、UE7。In this embodiment, it should be understood that the first terminal device is the terminal device on the sending end, and the second terminal device is the terminal device on the receiving end, that is to say, the first terminal device can directly interact with the network device side, for example: In the scenario shown, the first terminal device may be UE5, the second terminal device may be UE7, UE4, UE6, and UE5 may send data to UE7, UE4, UE6 on the side link, or the first terminal device may be UE2, the second terminal device may be UE3, UE7, and UE2 sends data to UE3 and UE7 on the side link.

在上述步骤中,网络设备配置了可进行侧行链路传输,并进行了相关配置,至少应该配置了SL CG的周期等信息。In the above steps, the network device is configured for side link transmission and related configuration. At least the SL CG period and other information should be configured.

可选地,该方案还可以包括步骤S302。Optionally, the solution may further include step S302.

S302:第一终端设备接收网络设备发送的用于激活第二资源的信息。S302: The first terminal device receives the information used to activate the second resource sent by the network device.

在该步骤中,用于激活第二资源的信息可以是:例如,接收网络设备发送的DCI,该DCI用于激活第二资源,其中,至少包括第二资源的时频资源位置信息。In this step, the information used for activating the second resource may be: for example, receiving DCI sent by the network device, the DCI used for activating the second resource, which includes at least time-frequency resource location information of the second resource.

S303:第一终端设备通过PC5RRC向一个或多个第二终端设备发送第二资源的配置信息。S303: The first terminal device sends configuration information of the second resource to one or more second terminal devices through PC5RRC.

该步骤中,第一终端设备发送的配置信息中至少包括第二资源的时频资源位置信息。In this step, the configuration information sent by the first terminal device at least includes time-frequency resource location information of the second resource.

可选地,第一终端设备从空闲的HARQ进程选择一个HARQ进程,并将该HARQ进程的编号(或称为索引)通过PC5RRC所指示给第二终端设备。所述HARQ进程号可以包含在发给第二终端设备的配置信息中。Optionally, the first terminal device selects a HARQ process from an idle HARQ process, and indicates the number (or index) of the HARQ process to the second terminal device through PC5RRC. The HARQ process number may be included in the configuration information sent to the second terminal device.

此外,对于CG上的传输,第一终端设备统计接收到第二终端设备反馈的ACK时,统计已经使用的重复传输时机(repetition)的次数,并上报给基站;或者第一终端设备统计没有接收到第二终端设备反馈的NACK时,统计已经使用的重复传输时机(repetition)的次数,并上报给基站。In addition, for the transmission on the CG, the first terminal device counts the number of repetitions that have been used when receiving the ACK feedback from the second terminal device, and reports it to the base station; or the first terminal device counts the number of repetitions that have not been received When the NACK is fed back by the second terminal device, the number of repetitions that have been used is counted and reported to the base station.

或者,由接收终端设备例如第二终端设备确定向第一终端设备发送ACK,或者生成肯定确认例如ACK,或者确认不生成否定确认例如NACK,或者确认不发送否定确认例如NACK,则统计已经使用的重复传输时机(repetition)的次数,并上报给基站。Or, the receiving terminal device, such as the second terminal device, determines to send an ACK to the first terminal device, or generates a positive confirmation such as ACK, or confirms not to generate a negative confirmation such as NACK, or confirms not to send a negative confirmation such as NACK, and then counts the used The number of repetitions is reported to the base station.

所述重传传输时机次数为一个传输周期的已经执行的重复传输次数,或者为一个捆绑内已经进行的重复传输的次数。The number of retransmission transmission occasions is the number of retransmissions that have been performed in a transmission period, or the number of retransmissions that have been performed in a bundle.

网络设备接收到第一终端设备上报的重复次数之后,可以为该CG重配重复次数。例如,若第一终端设备上报的重传传输次数为3,则网络设备可以确定在3次传输后可以保证第二终端设备成功接收侧行链路传输,因此将该CG的重复传输次数重新配置为3。After receiving the number of repetitions reported by the first terminal device, the network device may reconfigure the number of repetitions for the CG. For example, if the number of retransmissions reported by the first terminal device is 3, the network device can determine that the second terminal device can successfully receive the side link transmission after 3 transmissions, and therefore reconfigure the number of repeated transmissions of the CG Is 3.

本方法可以不与实施例三结合,单独执行,对此本方案不做限制。This method may not be combined with the third embodiment, but can be executed separately, and there is no restriction on this solution.

图5为本申请提供的传输处理方法实施例四的流程示意图,如图5所示,该传输处理方法主要是应用在进行侧行链路传输的两个终端设备之间,具体包括以下步骤:Fig. 5 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 4 of the transmission processing method provided by this application. As shown in Fig. 5, the transmission processing method is mainly applied between two terminal devices performing sidelink transmission, and specifically includes the following steps:

S401:第一终端设备从网络设备获取第二资源。S401: The first terminal device obtains the second resource from the network device.

第二资源为SL配置的授权(Configured Grant,CG),由网络设备通过DCI或者RRC消息提供配置信息和/或视频资源信息。The second resource is the SL configuration authorization (Configured Grant, CG), and the network device provides configuration information and/or video resource information through DCI or RRC messages.

本实施例中,以第二资源为SL配置的授权(Configured Grant,CG)type 2为例。此外,第二资源还可以为SL CG type1、SL动态授权(dynamic grant,DG)的配置信息,或者,第二资源为SL mode2资源/资源池的配置信息,方案相同,在此不再赘述。In this embodiment, take the authorization (Configured Grant, CG) type 2 in which the second resource is SL configuration as an example. In addition, the second resource may also be SL CG type1, SL dynamic grant (DG) configuration information, or, the second resource may be SL mode2 resource/resource pool configuration information, the scheme is the same, and details are not repeated here.

本实施例中,应理解,第一终端设备为发送端的终端设备,第二终端设备为接收端的终端设备,也就是说第一终端设备可以直接和网络设备侧进行交互,例如:上述图1所示的场景中,第一终端设备可以是UE5,第二终端设备可以是UE7、UE4、UE6,UE5可以在侧行链路上发送数据给UE7、UE4、UE6,或者,第一终端设备可以是UE2,第二终端设备可以是UE3、UE7,UE2在侧行链路上发送数据给UE3、UE7。In this embodiment, it should be understood that the first terminal device is the terminal device on the sending end, and the second terminal device is the terminal device on the receiving end, that is to say, the first terminal device can directly interact with the network device side, for example: In the scenario shown, the first terminal device may be UE5, the second terminal device may be UE7, UE4, UE6, and UE5 may send data to UE7, UE4, UE6 on the side link, or the first terminal device may be UE2, the second terminal device may be UE3, UE7, and UE2 sends data to UE3 and UE7 on the side link.

在上述步骤中,网络设备配置了可进行侧行链路传输,并进行了相关配置,至少应该配置了SL CG的周期等信息。In the above steps, the network device is configured for side link transmission and related configuration. At least the SL CG period and other information should be configured.

S402:第一终端设备通过PC5RRC向一个或多个第二终端设备发送第二资源的配置信 息。S402: The first terminal device sends configuration information of the second resource to one or more second terminal devices through PC5RRC.

所述配置信息中至少包括以下一个或多个:第二资源的周期信息、第二资源对应的传输配置、第二资源的索引等。The configuration information includes at least one or more of the following: period information of the second resource, a transmission configuration corresponding to the second resource, an index of the second resource, and the like.

应理解,在本实施例中,第一终端设备将网络设备配置的第二资源的信息转发给一个或多个第二终端设备。It should be understood that, in this embodiment, the first terminal device forwards the information of the second resource configured by the network device to one or more second terminal devices.

可选地,该方案还可以包括以下步骤S403。Optionally, the solution may further include the following step S403.

S403:第一终端设备接收网络设备发送的用于激活第二资源的信息。S403: The first terminal device receives the information used to activate the second resource sent by the network device.

该步骤中,用于激活第二资源的信息可以是:例如,接收网络设备发送的DCI,该DCI用于激活第二资源,其中至少包括第二资源的时频资源位置信息。In this step, the information used to activate the second resource may be: for example, receiving DCI sent by the network device, the DCI used to activate the second resource, which includes at least time-frequency resource location information of the second resource.

S404:第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一控制信令,第一控制信令用于向第二终端设备指示激活第二资源。S404: The first terminal device sends the first control signaling to the second terminal device, where the first control signaling is used to instruct the second terminal device to activate the second resource.

在该方案中,所述第一控制信令可以为RRC消息,也可以是物理层信令。In this solution, the first control signaling may be an RRC message or physical layer signaling.

所述第一控制信令中至少包括以下一个或多个:第二资源的时频资源、第二资源的周期信息、第二资源对应的传输配置、第二资源的索引等。The first control signaling includes at least one or more of the following: the time-frequency resource of the second resource, the period information of the second resource, the transmission configuration corresponding to the second resource, the index of the second resource, and so on.

可选地,第一终端设备从空闲的HARQ进程选择一个HARQ进程,并将该HARQ进程的编号(或称为索引)包含在第一控制信令中。或者,该HARQ进程号也可以在步骤S402中通过PC5 RRC所指示给第二终端设备,例如所述HARQ进程号可以包含在发给第二终端设备的第二资源配置信息中。Optionally, the first terminal device selects a HARQ process from an idle HARQ process, and includes the number (or referred to as an index) of the HARQ process in the first control signaling. Alternatively, the HARQ process number may also be indicated to the second terminal device through PC5 RRC in step S402. For example, the HARQ process number may be included in the second resource configuration information sent to the second terminal device.

示例性地,第一控制信令为SCI,通过SCI中现有字段的特殊取值来指示激活或者去激活,例如,SCI中包含的SL CG索引为“001”,当字段1的取值为“00000”并且字段2的取值为“111111”时,该SCI用于激活SL CG;当字段1的取值为“11111”并且字段2的取值为“000000”时,该SCI用于去激活SL CG。或者,在SCI中利用专用字段来指示激活或去激活SL CG,例如,SCI中包含的SL CG索引为“001”,当专用比特取值为“1”时,表示激活索引为“001”的SL CG;当专用比特取值为“0”时,表示去激活索引为“001”的SL CG;Exemplarily, the first control signaling is SCI, which indicates activation or deactivation through a special value of an existing field in the SCI. For example, the SL CG index contained in the SCI is "001", and when the value of field 1 is "00000" and the value of field 2 is "111111", the SCI is used to activate SL CG; when the value of field 1 is "11111" and the value of field 2 is "000000", the SCI is used to deactivate Activate SL CG. Alternatively, a dedicated field is used in the SCI to indicate the activation or deactivation of the SLCG. For example, the SLCG index contained in the SCI is "001". When the value of the dedicated bit is "1", it means that the activation index is "001". SL CG; when the value of the dedicated bit is "0", it means that the SL CG with the index "001" is deactivated;

可选地,本方案中,还可以包括步骤S405。Optionally, in this solution, step S405 may also be included.

S405:第一终端设备接收网络设备发送的用于去激活第二资源的信息。S405: The first terminal device receives the information used to deactivate the second resource sent by the network device.

与上述类似的,该用于激活第二资源的信息可以是:例如,接收网络设备发送的DCI,该DCI用于去激活第二资源。Similar to the above, the information used to activate the second resource may be: for example, receiving a DCI sent by a network device, where the DCI is used to deactivate the second resource.

S406:第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第二控制信令,第二控制信令用于向第二终端设备指示去激活第二资源。S406: The first terminal device sends second control signaling to the second terminal device, where the second control signaling is used to instruct the second terminal device to deactivate the second resource.

在本步骤中,所述第二控制信令可以为RRC消息,也可以是物理层信令,本实施例不做限定。第二控制信信令与第一控制信令可以相同也可以不同。In this step, the second control signaling may be an RRC message or physical layer signaling, which is not limited in this embodiment. The second control signaling and the first control signaling may be the same or different.

所述第二控制信令中至少包括以下一个或多个:第二资源的时频资源、第二资源的周期信息、第二资源对应的传输配置、第二资源的索引、第二资源对应的HARQ进程号等。The second control signaling includes at least one or more of the following: time-frequency resources of the second resource, period information of the second resource, transmission configuration corresponding to the second resource, index of the second resource, and information corresponding to the second resource HARQ process number, etc.

对于第二终端设备来说,在接收到第一控制信息后,接收第一终端设备发送的侧行链路的业务数据,并在接收到第二控制信息后,停止在第二资源上接收第一终端设备的侧行链路传输,可选地,第二终端设备接收到第二控制信息,则清空第一HARQ进程关联的缓存器,和/或停止第一HARQ进程关联的定时器,和/或,释放第一HARQ进程,和/或,用新的接收到的数据覆盖第一HARQ进程关联的缓存器,所述第一HARQ进程用于接收 第二资源上的侧行链路传输。For the second terminal device, after receiving the first control information, it receives the side link service data sent by the first terminal device, and after receiving the second control information, it stops receiving the first control information on the second resource. The sidelink transmission of a terminal device, optionally, the second terminal device receives the second control information, clears the buffer associated with the first HARQ process, and/or stops the timer associated with the first HARQ process, and /Or, release the first HARQ process, and/or cover the buffer associated with the first HARQ process with new received data, and the first HARQ process is used to receive the side link transmission on the second resource.

应理解上述第一控制信令和第二控制信令用于激活或去激活第二资源,不限制其是否在控制信道上发送,即“第一控制信令”和“第二控制信令”也可以称为“第一信令”和“第二信令”。It should be understood that the above-mentioned first control signaling and second control signaling are used to activate or deactivate the second resource without limiting whether it is sent on the control channel, namely "first control signaling" and "second control signaling" It can also be called "first signaling" and "second signaling".

本实施例提供的侧行链路的传输处理方法,通过侧行链路的RRC进行侧行链路的传输需要的信息的传输,并通过信令通知第二终端设备激活或去激活侧行链路传输的第二资源。接收端的终端设备在获取到侧行链路传输配置的同时,还可以得到每次传输的HARQ进程标识,则后续不需要再多次发送SCI,或者后续不需要在SCI中指示HARQ进程号,有效减少了控制信息的大小(即占用的比特数量),并且有效节省侧行链路的传输资源。The transmission processing method of the side link provided in this embodiment transmits the information required for the side link transmission through the RRC of the side link, and informs the second terminal device to activate or deactivate the side link through signaling. The second resource for channel transmission. The terminal device at the receiving end can also obtain the HARQ process identifier of each transmission while obtaining the side link transmission configuration, so there is no need to send the SCI multiple times in the follow-up, or there is no need to indicate the HARQ process number in the SCI in the follow-up, which is effective The size of the control information (that is, the number of bits occupied) is reduced, and the transmission resources of the side link are effectively saved.

图6为本申请提供的传输处理装置实施例一的结构示意图,如图6所示,该传输处理装置10,包括:处理模块11和发送模块12;FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of the transmission processing device provided by this application. As shown in FIG. 6, the transmission processing device 10 includes: a processing module 11 and a sending module 12;

所述发送模块12用于在所述处理模块11检测到发生多个传输在时域重叠时,向网络设备发送指示信息,其中,发生时域重叠的传输包括侧行链路SL传输,所述指示信息用于指示发生了时域重叠,被抢占资源的传输类型以及重传资源大小中的一个或者多个。The sending module 12 is configured to send indication information to the network device when the processing module 11 detects that multiple transmissions overlap in the time domain, where the transmission that overlaps in the time domain includes sidelink SL transmission. The indication information is used to indicate one or more of the time domain overlap, the transmission type of the preempted resource, and the size of the retransmission resource.

本实施例提供的传输处理装置,用于执行前述任一方法实施例中发送端的第一终端设备侧的技术方案,实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The transmission processing apparatus provided in this embodiment is used to execute the technical solution on the first terminal device side of the transmitting end in any of the foregoing method embodiments. The implementation principles and technical effects are similar, and will not be repeated here.

在上述实施例的基础上,所述处理模块11还用于根据所述时域重叠,确定所述指示信息。On the basis of the foregoing embodiment, the processing module 11 is further configured to determine the indication information according to the time domain overlap.

可选的,所述时域重叠包括:SL传输与SL传输之间在时域重叠,或者,SL传输与上行链路UL传输之间在时域重叠,或者,SL传输与下行链路DL传输在时域重叠。Optionally, the time domain overlap includes: SL transmission and SL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and uplink UL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and downlink DL transmission Overlap in the time domain.

可选的,所述发送模块12具体用于:Optionally, the sending module 12 is specifically configured to:

向所述网络设备发送MAC PDU,所述MAC PDU包括:所述指示信息,或者,包含所述指示信息的MAC CE;Sending a MAC PDU to the network device, where the MAC PDU includes: the indication information, or a MAC CE including the indication information;

或者,or,

向所述网络设备发送RRC消息,所述RRC消息包括所述指示信息;Sending an RRC message to the network device, where the RRC message includes the indication information;

或者,or,

向所述网络设备发送调度请求SR,所述SR用于指示所述指示信息;Sending a scheduling request SR to the network device, where the SR is used to indicate the indication information;

或者,or,

向所述网络设备发送非确认NACK消息,所述NACK消息用于指示所述指示信息。Sending a non-acknowledged NACK message to the network device, where the NACK message is used to indicate the indication information.

可选的,所述处理模块11还用于触发生成所述NACK消息,所述NACK消息包括第一NACK消息和/或第二NACK消息,所述第一NACK消息是反馈SL传输的消息,所述第二NACK消息是反馈UL传输的消息。Optionally, the processing module 11 is further configured to trigger the generation of the NACK message, the NACK message includes a first NACK message and/or a second NACK message, and the first NACK message is a message for feeding back SL transmission, so The second NACK message is a message for feeding back UL transmission.

可选的,所述时域重叠为SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,且执行了UL传输,则所述发送模块12还用于:Optionally, the time domain overlap means that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and UL transmission is performed, then the sending module 12 is further configured to:

向所述网络设备发送MAC PDU,所述MAC PDU中携带所述指示信息,或者,所述MAC PDU用于指示所述指示信息。Send a MAC PDU to the network device, where the MAC PDU carries the indication information, or the MAC PDU is used to indicate the indication information.

可选的,检测到SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,则所述发送模块12还用于:Optionally, if it is detected that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, the sending module 12 is further configured to:

所述传输处理装置与所述网络设备之间的Uu链路满足预设条件,向第二终端设备发送业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生无线链路失败RLF, 上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述Uu链路的链路质量小于预设值;The Uu link between the transmission processing apparatus and the network device satisfies a preset condition and sends service data to the second terminal device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: a wireless link is detected If RLF fails, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the Uu link is less than a preset value;

或者,or,

所述传输处理装置与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路满足预设条件,向网络设备发送业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生侧行无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述侧行链路的链路质量小于预设值。The side link between the transmission processing apparatus and the second terminal device satisfies a preset condition, and sends service data to the network device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: a side link is detected The radio link fails RLF, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side link is less than a preset value.

上述任一实施例提供的传输处理装置,用于执行前述任一方法实施例中发送端的第一终端设备侧的技术方案,实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The transmission processing apparatus provided in any of the foregoing embodiments is used to execute the technical solution on the first terminal device side of the sending end in any of the foregoing method embodiments. The implementation principles and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.

图7为本申请提供的传输处理装置实施例二的结构示意图,如图7所示,检测到SL传输与DL传输在时域重叠,该传输处理装置10,还包括:接收模块13;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of the transmission processing device provided by this application. As shown in FIG. 7, it is detected that SL transmission and DL transmission overlap in the time domain. The transmission processing device 10 further includes: a receiving module 13;

所述传输处理装置与所述网络设备之间的Uu链路满足预设条件,所述发送模块12还用于向第二终端设备发送业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述Uu链路的链路质量小于预设值;The Uu link between the transmission processing apparatus and the network device satisfies a preset condition, and the sending module 12 is further configured to send service data to a second terminal device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following One: it is detected that a radio link failure RLF has occurred, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the Uu link is less than a preset value;

或者,or,

所述传输处理装置与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路满足预设条件,所述接收模块13用于接收网络设备发送的业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生侧行无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述侧行链路的链路质量小于预设值。The side link between the transmission processing apparatus and the second terminal device satisfies a preset condition, and the receiving module 13 is configured to receive service data sent by the network device; wherein, the preset condition includes one of the following or Multiple: it is detected that a side-line radio link failure RLF has occurred, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that the RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side-line link is less than a preset value.

可选的,所述处理模块11还用于:Optionally, the processing module 11 is further configured to:

SL传输被抢占的次数达到预设次数,则将所述传输处理装置的工作模式从调度模式切换至自主模式,或者,从调度模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。When the number of times the SL transmission is preempted reaches the preset number of times, the working mode of the transmission processing device is switched from the scheduling mode to the autonomous mode, or from the scheduling mode to the combined mode of the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode.

可选的,检测到第一SL传输与第二SL传输在时域重叠,则所述处理模块11还用于:Optionally, if it is detected that the first SL transmission and the second SL transmission overlap in the time domain, the processing module 11 is further configured to:

第一SL传输对应的第一侧行链路满足预设条件,则进行第二SL传输;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生侧行无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述第一侧行链路的链路质量小于预设值。The first side link corresponding to the first SL transmission satisfies the preset condition, then the second SL transmission is performed; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: the occurrence of side uplink radio link failure RLF is detected, and the upper layer /The physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the first side uplink is less than a preset value.

可选的,接收模块13,用于接收所述网络设备发送的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息中包括所述网络设备为被抢占了资源的传输配置的重传资源;Optionally, the receiving module 13 is configured to receive first configuration information sent by the network device, where the first configuration information includes the retransmission resource configured by the network device for the transmission that has preempted the resource;

所述发送模块12还用于根据所述第一配置信息,传输由于时域重叠未发送的数据。The sending module 12 is further configured to transmit data that has not been sent due to time domain overlap according to the first configuration information.

可选的,所述时域重叠是SL传输与UL传输在时域的重叠,所述第一配置信息还用于指示所述传输处理装置的工作模式从自主模式切换至调度模式,或者从自主模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。Optionally, the time domain overlap is the overlap of SL transmission and UL transmission in the time domain, and the first configuration information is also used to instruct the working mode of the transmission processing apparatus to switch from autonomous mode to scheduling mode, or from autonomous mode to scheduling mode. The mode is switched to a combined mode of autonomous mode and dispatch mode.

可选的,所述时域重叠SL传输与UL传输在时域的重叠,所述接收模块13还用于:Optionally, the time domain overlap SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the receiving module 13 is further configured to:

接收所述网络设备发送的第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示所述传输处理装置的工作模式从自主模式切换至调度模式,或者从自主模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。Receive second configuration information sent by the network device, where the second configuration information is used to instruct the working mode of the transmission processing device to switch from the autonomous mode to the scheduling mode, or from the autonomous mode to a combination of the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode mode.

上述任一实施例提供的传输处理装置,用于执行前述任一方法实施例中发送端的第一终端设备侧的技术方案,实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The transmission processing apparatus provided in any of the foregoing embodiments is used to execute the technical solution on the first terminal device side of the sending end in any of the foregoing method embodiments. The implementation principles and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.

图8为本申请提供的传输处理装置实施例三的结构示意图,如图8所示,传输处理装置20,包括:FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of the transmission processing apparatus provided by this application. As shown in FIG. 8, the transmission processing apparatus 20 includes:

接收模块21,用于接收第一终端设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第 一终端设备进行数据传输时发生了时域重叠、被抢占资源的传输类型以及重传资源大小中的一个或多个;The receiving module 21 is configured to receive instruction information sent by the first terminal device, where the instruction information is used to indicate that the first terminal device is performing data transmission with time domain overlap, the transmission type of the preempted resource, and the size of the retransmission resource One or more of

处理模块22,用于根据所述指示信息,为被抢占资源的传输配置重传资源;The processing module 22 is configured to configure retransmission resources for the transmission of the preempted resources according to the instruction information;

发送模块23,用于向所述第一终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括所述重传资源。The sending module 23 is configured to send first configuration information to the first terminal device, where the first configuration information includes the retransmission resource.

可选的,所述时域重叠包括:SL传输与SL传输之间在时域重叠,或者,SL传输与上行链路UL传输之间在时域重叠,或者,SL传输与下行链路DL传输在时域重叠。Optionally, the time domain overlap includes: SL transmission and SL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and uplink UL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and downlink DL transmission Overlap in the time domain.

可选的,所述接收模块21具体用于:Optionally, the receiving module 21 is specifically configured to:

接收所述第一终端设备发送的MAC PDU,所述MAC PDU包括:所述指示信息,或者,包含所述指示信息的MAC CE;Receiving a MAC PDU sent by the first terminal device, where the MAC PDU includes: the indication information, or a MAC CE including the indication information;

或者,or,

接收所述第一终端设备发送的RRC消息,所述RRC消息包括所述指示信息;Receiving an RRC message sent by the first terminal device, where the RRC message includes the indication information;

或者,or,

接收所述第一终端设备发送的调度请求SR,所述SR包括所述指示信息;Receiving a scheduling request SR sent by the first terminal device, where the SR includes the indication information;

或者,or,

接收所述第一终端设备发送的非确认NACK消息,所述NACK消息用于指示所述指示信息,所述NACK消息包括第一NACK消息和/或第二NACK消息,所述第一NACK消息是反馈SL传输的消息,所述第二NACK消息是反馈UL传输的消息。Receiving a non-acknowledged NACK message sent by the first terminal device, where the NACK message is used to indicate the indication information, the NACK message includes a first NACK message and/or a second NACK message, and the first NACK message is The message transmitted by the SL is fed back, and the second NACK message is a message transmitted by the UL feedback.

可选的,所述时域重叠为SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,且所述第一终端设备执行了UL传输,所述接收模块21具体用于:Optionally, the time domain overlap means that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the first terminal device performs UL transmission, and the receiving module 21 is specifically configured to:

接收所述第一终端设备发送的MAC PDU,所述MAC PDU为抢占了资源的所述UL传输的数据包,所述MAC PDU中携带所述指示信息或者所述MAC PDU用于指示所述指示信息。Receive a MAC PDU sent by the first terminal device, where the MAC PDU is a data packet transmitted by the UL that has preempted resources, and the MAC PDU carries the indication information or the MAC PDU is used to indicate the indication information.

可选的,所述时域重叠为SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,所述第一配置信息还用于指示所述第一终端设备的工作模式从自主模式切换至调度模式,或者从自主模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。Optionally, the time domain overlap means that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the first configuration information is also used to instruct the working mode of the first terminal device to switch from autonomous mode to scheduling mode, or from autonomous mode to scheduling mode. The mode is switched to a combined mode of autonomous mode and dispatch mode.

可选的,所述时域重叠为SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,所述发送模块23还用于:Optionally, the time domain overlap means that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the sending module 23 is further configured to:

向所述第一终端设备发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的工作模式从自主模式切换至调度模式,或者从自主模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。Send second configuration information to the first terminal device, where the second configuration information is used to instruct the working mode of the first terminal device to switch from the autonomous mode to the scheduling mode, or from the autonomous mode to the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode The combination mode.

上述任一实施例提供的传输处理装置,用于执行前述任一方法实施例中网络设备侧的技术方案,实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The transmission processing apparatus provided in any of the foregoing embodiments is used to implement the technical solutions on the network device side in any of the foregoing method embodiments. The implementation principles and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.

图9为本申请提供的终端设备实施例的结构示意图,如图9所示,该终端设备100包括:发送器101、处理器102和存储器103;所述存储器103用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器102执行所述计算机程序实现前述任一方法实施例中,终端设备侧的技术方案。FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a terminal device provided by this application. As shown in FIG. 9, the terminal device 100 includes: a transmitter 101, a processor 102, and a memory 103; the memory 103 is used to store a computer program. The processor 102 executes the computer program to implement the technical solution on the terminal device side in any of the foregoing method embodiments.

图10为本申请提供的网络设备实施例的结构示意图,如图10所示,该网络设备200,包括:接收器201、发送器202、存储器203和处理器204;所述存储器203用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器204执行所述计算机程序实现前述任一方法实施例中,网络设备侧的技术方案。FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a network device provided by this application. As shown in FIG. 10, the network device 200 includes: a receiver 201, a transmitter 202, a memory 203, and a processor 204; the memory 203 is used for storage A computer program. The processor 204 executes the computer program to implement the technical solution on the network device side in any of the foregoing method embodiments.

在上述终端设备或者网络设备的具体实现中,处理器的数量为至少一个,用来执行存储器存储的执行指令,即计算机程序。使得网络设备通过通信接口与终端设备之间进行数据交互,来执行上述的各种实施方式提供的技术方案,可选的,存储器还可以集成在处理器内部。In the specific implementation of the foregoing terminal device or network device, the number of processors is at least one, which is used to execute the execution instructions stored in the memory, that is, the computer program. The network device is allowed to perform data interaction with the terminal device through the communication interface to execute the technical solutions provided by the foregoing various embodiments. Optionally, the memory may also be integrated in the processor.

本申请还提供一种存储介质,所述存储介质用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于实现前述任一方法实施例中,终端设备侧的技术方案。The present application also provides a storage medium, the storage medium is used to store a computer program, and the computer program is used to implement the technical solution on the terminal device side in any of the foregoing method embodiments.

本申请还提供一种存储介质,所述存储介质用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于实现前述任一方法实施例中,网络设备侧的技术方案。The present application also provides a storage medium, the storage medium is used to store a computer program, and the computer program is used to implement the technical solution on the network device side in any of the foregoing method embodiments.

本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,当所述计算机程序产品在用户设备上运行时,使得所述用户设备执行前述任一方法实施例中,终端设备侧的技术方案。This application also provides a computer program product, which when the computer program product runs on a user equipment, causes the user equipment to execute the technical solution on the terminal device side in any of the foregoing method embodiments.

本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,当所述计算机程序产品在网络设备上运行时,使得所述网络设备执行前述任一方法实施例中,网络设备侧的技术方案。The present application also provides a computer program product, which when the computer program product runs on a network device, causes the network device to execute the technical solution on the network device side in any of the foregoing method embodiments.

本申请还提供一种通信系统,至少包括:前述实施例提供的终端设备以及网络设备。The present application also provides a communication system, which at least includes: the terminal device and the network device provided in the foregoing embodiment.

本申请实施例提供了一种芯片,该芯片用于支持终端设备实现本申请实施例中传输处理方法的功能,例如,发送或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息,该芯片具体用于芯片系统,该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。当实现前述技术方案的为终端设备内的芯片时,芯片包括:处理单元和通信单元,所述处理单元例如可以是处理器,所述通信单元例如可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。处理单元执行本申请实施例中终端设备的处理模块所执行的全部或部分动作,通信单元可执行相应于本申请实施例中终端设备的接收模块和发送模块所执行的相应动作,例如,当终端设备的接收模块接收的是射频信号时,通信单元接收的是该射频信号对应的基带信号;当终端设备的发送模块发送的是射频信号时,则通信单元发送的是该射频信号对应的基带信号。在另一具体的实施例中,本申请中的终端设备可以是芯片,即终端设备的处理模块是芯片的处理单元,终端设备的接收模块和发送模块是芯片的通信单元。The embodiment of the present application provides a chip, which is used to support the terminal device to implement the function of the transmission processing method in the embodiment of the present application, for example, to send or process the data and/or information involved in the foregoing method. The chip is specifically used For a chip system, the chip system can be composed of chips, or can include chips and other discrete devices. When the aforementioned technical solution is implemented by a chip in a terminal device, the chip includes: a processing unit and a communication unit, the processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin or a circuit, etc. . The processing unit executes all or part of the actions performed by the processing module of the terminal device in the embodiment of this application, and the communication unit can execute the corresponding actions performed by the receiving module and the sending module of the terminal device in the embodiment of this application, for example, when the terminal When the receiving module of the device receives a radio frequency signal, the communication unit receives the baseband signal corresponding to the radio frequency signal; when the transmitting module of the terminal device sends a radio frequency signal, the communication unit sends the baseband signal corresponding to the radio frequency signal . In another specific embodiment, the terminal device in this application may be a chip, that is, the processing module of the terminal device is the processing unit of the chip, and the receiving module and the sending module of the terminal device are the communication units of the chip.

本申请实施例提供了一种芯片,该芯片用于支持网络设备实现本申请实施例中传输处理方法的功能,例如,发送或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息,该芯片具体用于芯片系统,该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。当实现上述传输处理方法的为网络设备内的芯片时,芯片包括:处理单元和通信单元,所述处理单元例如可以是处理器,所述通信单元例如可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。处理单元执行本申请实施例中网络设备的处理模块所执行的全部或部分动作,通信单元可执行相应于本申请实施例中网络设备的接收模块和发送模块所执行的动作,例如,当网络设备的接收模块接收的是射频信号时,通信单元接收的是该射频信号对应的基带信号;当网络设备的发送模块发送的是射频信号时,则通信单元发送的是该射频信号对应的基带信号。在另一具体的实施例中,本申请中的网络设备具体可以是芯片,即网络设备的处理模块是芯片的处理单元,网络设备的接收模块和发送模块是芯片的通信单元。The embodiment of the present application provides a chip, which is used to support a network device to implement the function of the transmission processing method in the embodiment of the present application, for example, to send or process the data and/or information involved in the foregoing method. The chip is specifically used For a chip system, the chip system can be composed of chips, or can include chips and other discrete devices. When the above transmission processing method is implemented by a chip in a network device, the chip includes: a processing unit and a communication unit. The processing unit may be, for example, a processor, and the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin, or a circuit. Wait. The processing unit performs all or part of the actions performed by the processing module of the network device in the embodiment of this application, and the communication unit can perform actions corresponding to the actions performed by the receiving module and the sending module of the network device in the embodiment of this application, for example, when the network device When the receiving module receives a radio frequency signal, the communication unit receives the baseband signal corresponding to the radio frequency signal; when the transmitting module of the network device sends a radio frequency signal, the communication unit sends the baseband signal corresponding to the radio frequency signal. In another specific embodiment, the network device in this application may specifically be a chip, that is, the processing module of the network device is the processing unit of the chip, and the receiving module and the sending module of the network device are the communication units of the chip.

在上述的终端设备或者网络设备的具体实现中,应理解,处理器可以是中央处理单元(英文:Central Processing Unit,简称:CPU),还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(英文:Digital Signal Processor,简称:DSP)、专用集成电路(英文:Application Specific Integrated Circuit,简称:ASIC)等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任 何常规的处理器等。结合本申请所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。In the specific implementation of the aforementioned terminal equipment or network equipment, it should be understood that the processor may be a central processing unit (English: Central Processing Unit, abbreviated as: CPU), or other general-purpose processors or digital signal processors (English: Digital Signal Processor, referred to as DSP), Application Specific Integrated Circuit (English: Application Specific Integrated Circuit, referred to as ASIC), etc. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in this application can be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.

实现上述各方法实施例的全部或部分步骤可以通过程序指令相关的硬件来完成。前述的程序可以存储于一可读取存储器中。该程序在执行时,执行包括上述各方法实施例的步骤;而前述的存储器(存储介质)包括:只读存储器(英文:read-only memory,缩写:ROM)、RAM、快闪存储器、硬盘、固态硬盘、磁带(英文:magnetic tape)、软盘(英文:floppy disk)、光盘(英文:optical disc)及其任意组合。All or part of the steps in the foregoing method embodiments can be implemented by a program instructing relevant hardware. The aforementioned program can be stored in a readable memory. When the program is executed, it executes the steps including the above-mentioned method embodiments; and the aforementioned memory (storage medium) includes: read-only memory (English: read-only memory, abbreviation: ROM), RAM, flash memory, hard disk, Solid state hard disk, magnetic tape (English: magnetic tape), floppy disk (English: floppy disk), optical disc (English: optical disc) and any combination thereof.

Claims (45)

一种传输处理方法,其特征在于,应用于第一终端设备,所述方法包括:A transmission processing method, characterized in that it is applied to a first terminal device, and the method includes: 发生多个传输在时域重叠,向网络设备发送指示信息;When multiple transmissions overlap in the time domain, send instructions to the network device; 其中,发生时域重叠的传输包括侧行链路SL传输,所述指示信息用于指示发生了时域重叠,被抢占资源的传输类型以及重传资源大小中的一个或多个。Wherein, the transmission in which time domain overlap occurs includes side link SL transmission, and the indication information is used to indicate that time domain overlap occurs, one or more of the transmission type of the preempted resource, and the size of the retransmission resource. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises: 根据所述时域重叠,确定所述指示信息。Determine the indication information according to the time domain overlap. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述时域重叠包括:SL传输与SL传输之间在时域重叠,或者,SL传输与上行链路UL传输之间在时域重叠,或者,SL传输与下行链路DL传输在时域重叠。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the time domain overlap comprises: SL transmission and SL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and uplink UL transmission overlap in time domain Or, SL transmission and downlink DL transmission overlap in the time domain. 根据权利要求1至3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向网络发送指示信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the sending instruction information to the network comprises: 向所述网络设备发送MAC PDU,所述MAC PDU包括:所述指示信息,或者,包含所述指示信息的MAC CE;Sending a MAC PDU to the network device, where the MAC PDU includes: the indication information, or a MAC CE including the indication information; 或者,or, 向所述网络设备发送RRC消息,所述RRC消息包括所述指示信息;Sending an RRC message to the network device, where the RRC message includes the indication information; 或者,or, 向所述网络设备发送调度请求SR,所述SR用于指示所述指示信息;Sending a scheduling request SR to the network device, where the SR is used to indicate the indication information; 或者,or, 向所述网络设备发送非确认NACK消息,所述NACK消息用于指示所述指示信息。Sending a non-acknowledged NACK message to the network device, where the NACK message is used to indicate the indication information. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein the method further comprises: 触发或生成所述NACK消息,所述NACK消息包括第一NACK消息和/或第二NACK消息,所述第一NACK消息是反馈SL传输的消息,所述第二NACK消息是反馈UL传输的消息。Trigger or generate the NACK message, the NACK message includes a first NACK message and/or a second NACK message, the first NACK message is a message for feeding back SL transmission, and the second NACK message is a message for feeding back UL transmission . 根据权利要求1至3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,执行了UL传输,则所述向网络设备发送指示信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein after UL transmission is performed, the sending instruction information to the network device comprises: 向所述网络设备发送MAC PDU,所述MAC PDU中携带所述指示信息,或者,所述MAC PDU用于指示所述指示信息。Send a MAC PDU to the network device, where the MAC PDU carries the indication information, or the MAC PDU is used to indicate the indication information. 根据权利要求1至6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,检测到SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein detecting that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, the method further comprises: 所述第一终端设备与所述网络设备之间的Uu链路满足预设条件,向第二终端设备发送业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述Uu链路的链路质量小于预设值;When the Uu link between the first terminal device and the network device meets a preset condition, the service data is sent to the second terminal device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: a wireless link is detected The path fails RLF, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the Uu link is less than a preset value; 或者,or, 所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路满足预设条件,向网络设备发送业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生侧行无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述侧行链路的链路质量小于预设值。The side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device satisfies a preset condition and sends service data to the network device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: the occurrence side is detected The uplink radio link fails RLF, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side uplink is less than the preset value. 根据权利要求1至6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,检测到SL传输与DL传输在时域重叠,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein detecting that SL transmission and DL transmission overlap in the time domain, the method further comprises: 所述第一终端设备与所述网络设备之间的Uu链路满足预设条件,向第二终端设备发送业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述Uu链路的链路质量小于预设值;When the Uu link between the first terminal device and the network device meets a preset condition, the service data is sent to the second terminal device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: a wireless link is detected The path fails RLF, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the Uu link is less than a preset value; 或者,or, 所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路满足预设条件,接收网络设备发送的业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生侧行无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述侧行链路的链路质量小于预设值。The side link between the first terminal device and the second terminal device satisfies a preset condition, and receives service data sent by the network device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: If the side-line radio link fails RLF, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side-line link is less than the preset value. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the method further comprises: SL传输被抢占的次数达到预设次数,则所述第一终端设备的工作模式从调度模式切换至自主模式,或者,从调度模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。The number of times that the SL transmission is preempted reaches the preset number of times, then the working mode of the first terminal device is switched from the scheduling mode to the autonomous mode, or from the scheduling mode to the combined mode of the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode. 根据权利要求1至6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,检测到第一SL传输与第二SL传输在时域重叠,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein detecting that the first SL transmission and the second SL transmission overlap in the time domain, the method further comprises: 第一SL传输对应的第一侧行链路满足预设条件,则进行第二SL传输;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生侧行无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述第一侧行链路的链路质量小于预设值。The first side link corresponding to the first SL transmission satisfies the preset condition, then the second SL transmission is performed; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: the occurrence of side uplink radio link failure RLF is detected, and the upper layer /The physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the first side uplink is less than a preset value. 根据权利要求1至10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the method further comprises: 接收所述网络设备发送的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息中包括所述网络设备为被抢占了资源的传输配置的重传资源;Receiving first configuration information sent by the network device, where the first configuration information includes a retransmission resource configured by the network device for a transmission that has preempted resources; 根据所述第一配置信息,传输由于时域重叠未发送的数据。According to the first configuration information, data that has not been sent due to time domain overlap is transmitted. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述时域重叠是SL传输与UL传输在时域的重叠,所述第一配置信息还用于指示所述第一终端设备的工作模式从自主模式切换至调度模式,或者从自主模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。The method according to claim 11, wherein the time domain overlap is the overlap of SL transmission and UL transmission in the time domain, and the first configuration information is also used to indicate that the working mode of the first terminal device is from The autonomous mode is switched to the dispatch mode, or from the autonomous mode to a combined mode of the autonomous mode and the dispatch mode. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述时域重叠SL传输与UL传输在时域的重叠,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein the time domain overlap SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the method further comprises: 接收所述网络设备发送的第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的工作模式从自主模式切换至调度模式,或者从自主模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。Receive second configuration information sent by the network device, where the second configuration information is used to instruct the operating mode of the first terminal device to switch from the autonomous mode to the scheduling mode, or from the autonomous mode to the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode Combination mode. 一种传输处理方法,其特征在于,应用于网络设备,所述方法包括:A transmission processing method, characterized in that it is applied to a network device, and the method includes: 接收第一终端设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备进行数据传输时发生了时域重叠、被抢占资源的传输类型以及重传资源大小中的一个或多个;Receive indication information sent by the first terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate one or more of the time domain overlap, the transmission type of the preempted resource, and the size of the retransmission resource when the first terminal device performs data transmission ; 根据所述指示信息,为被抢占资源的传输配置重传资源;According to the instruction information, configure retransmission resources for the transmission of the preempted resources; 向所述第一终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括所述重传资源。Sending first configuration information to the first terminal device, where the first configuration information includes the retransmission resource. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述时域重叠包括:SL传输与SL传输之间在时域重叠,或者,SL传输与上行链路UL传输之间在时域重叠,或者,SL传输与下行链路DL传输在时域重叠。The method according to claim 14, wherein the time domain overlap comprises: SL transmission and SL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and uplink UL transmission overlap in time domain, or , SL transmission and downlink DL transmission overlap in the time domain. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收第一终端设备发送的指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the receiving the instruction information sent by the first terminal device comprises: 接收所述第一终端设备发送的MAC PDU,所述MAC PDU包括:所述指示信息,或者,包含所述指示信息的MAC CE;Receiving a MAC PDU sent by the first terminal device, where the MAC PDU includes: the indication information, or a MAC CE including the indication information; 或者,or, 接收所述第一终端设备发送的RRC消息,所述RRC消息包括所述指示信息;Receiving an RRC message sent by the first terminal device, where the RRC message includes the indication information; 或者,or, 接收所述第一终端设备发送的调度请求SR,所述SR包括所述指示信息;Receiving a scheduling request SR sent by the first terminal device, where the SR includes the indication information; 或者,or, 接收所述第一终端设备发送的非确认NACK消息,所述NACK消息用于指示所述指示信息,所述NACK消息包括第一NACK消息和/或第二NACK消息,所述第一NACK消息是反馈SL传输的消息,所述第二NACK消息是反馈UL传输的消息。Receiving a non-acknowledged NACK message sent by the first terminal device, where the NACK message is used to indicate the indication information, the NACK message includes a first NACK message and/or a second NACK message, and the first NACK message is The message transmitted by the SL is fed back, and the second NACK message is a message transmitted by the UL feedback. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述时域重叠为SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,且所述第一终端设备执行了UL传输,所述接收第一终端设备发送的指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the time domain overlap is that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the first terminal device performs UL transmission, and the receiving first terminal device The instructions sent include: 接收所述第一终端设备发送的MAC PDU,所述MAC PDU为抢占了资源的所述UL传输的数据包,所述MAC PDU中携带所述指示信息或者所述MAC PDU用于指示所述指示信息。Receive a MAC PDU sent by the first terminal device, where the MAC PDU is a data packet transmitted by the UL that has preempted resources, and the MAC PDU carries the indication information or the MAC PDU is used to indicate the indication information. 根据权利要求14至17任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述时域重叠为SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,所述第一配置信息还用于指示所述第一终端设备的工作模式从自主模式切换至调度模式,或者从自主模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。The method according to any one of claims 14 to 17, wherein the time domain overlap is that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the first configuration information is further used to instruct the first terminal device The working mode is switched from autonomous mode to dispatch mode, or from autonomous mode to a combination of autonomous mode and dispatch mode. 根据权利要求14至17任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述时域重叠为SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14 to 17, wherein the time domain overlap is that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the method further comprises: 向所述第一终端设备发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的工作模式从自主模式切换至调度模式,或者从自主模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。Send second configuration information to the first terminal device, where the second configuration information is used to instruct the working mode of the first terminal device to switch from the autonomous mode to the scheduling mode, or from the autonomous mode to the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode The combination mode. 一种传输处理装置,其特征在于,包括:处理模块和发送模块;A transmission processing device, characterized by comprising: a processing module and a sending module; 所述发送模块用于在所述处理模块检测到发生多个传输在时域重叠时,向网络设备发送指示信息,其中,发生时域重叠的传输包括侧行链路SL传输,所述指示信息用于指示发生了时域重叠,被抢占资源的传输类型以及重传资源大小中的一个或多个。The sending module is configured to send indication information to the network device when the processing module detects that multiple transmissions overlap in the time domain, where the transmission in the time domain overlap includes side link SL transmission, and the indication information It is used to indicate one or more of the time domain overlap, the transmission type of the preempted resource, and the size of the retransmission resource. 根据权利要求20所述的装置,其特征在于,The device of claim 20, wherein: 所述处理模块还用于根据所述时域重叠,确定所述指示信息。The processing module is further configured to determine the indication information according to the time domain overlap. 根据权利要求20或21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述时域重叠包括:SL传输与SL传输之间在时域重叠,或者,SL传输与上行链路UL传输之间在时域重叠,或者,SL传输与下行链路DL传输在时域重叠。The apparatus according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the time domain overlap comprises: SL transmission and SL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and uplink UL transmission overlap in time domain Or, SL transmission and downlink DL transmission overlap in the time domain. 根据权利要求20至22任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述发送模块具体用于:The device according to any one of claims 20 to 22, wherein the sending module is specifically configured to: 向所述网络设备发送MAC PDU,所述MAC PDU包括:所述指示信息,或者,包含所述指示信息的MAC CE;Sending a MAC PDU to the network device, where the MAC PDU includes: the indication information, or a MAC CE including the indication information; 或者,or, 向所述网络设备发送RRC消息,所述RRC消息包括所述指示信息;Sending an RRC message to the network device, where the RRC message includes the indication information; 或者,or, 向所述网络设备发送调度请求SR,所述SR用于指示所述指示信息;Sending a scheduling request SR to the network device, where the SR is used to indicate the indication information; 或者,or, 向所述网络设备发送非确认NACK消息,所述NACK消息用于指示所述指示信息。Sending a non-acknowledged NACK message to the network device, where the NACK message is used to indicate the indication information. 根据权利要求23所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块还用于触发或生成所述NACK消息,所述NACK消息包括第一NACK消息和/或第二NACK消息,所述第一NACK消息是反馈SL传输的消息,所述第二NACK消息是反馈UL传输的消息。The apparatus according to claim 23, wherein the processing module is further configured to trigger or generate the NACK message, the NACK message includes a first NACK message and/or a second NACK message, and the first NACK message The message is a message for feedback of SL transmission, and the second NACK message is a message for feedback of UL transmission. 根据权利要求20至22任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述时域重叠为SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,且执行了UL传输,则所述发送模块还用于:The apparatus according to any one of claims 20 to 22, wherein the time domain overlap is that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and UL transmission is performed, then the sending module is further configured to: 向所述网络设备发送MAC PDU,所述MAC PDU中携带所述指示信息,或者,所述MAC PDU用于指示所述重传指示。Send a MAC PDU to the network device, where the MAC PDU carries the indication information, or the MAC PDU is used to indicate the retransmission instruction. 根据权利要求20至25任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,检测到SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,则所述发送模块还用于:The apparatus according to any one of claims 20 to 25, wherein when it is detected that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, the sending module is further configured to: 所述传输处理装置与所述网络设备之间的Uu链路满足预设条件,向第二终端设备发送业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述Uu链路的链路质量小于预设值;The Uu link between the transmission processing apparatus and the network device satisfies a preset condition and sends service data to the second terminal device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: a wireless link is detected If RLF fails, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the Uu link is less than a preset value; 或者,or, 所述传输处理装置与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路满足预设条件,向网络设备发送业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生侧行无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述侧行链路的链路质量小于预设值。The side link between the transmission processing apparatus and the second terminal device satisfies a preset condition, and sends service data to the network device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: a side link is detected The radio link fails RLF, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side link is less than a preset value. 根据权利要求20至25任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,检测到SL传输与DL传输在时域重叠,则所述装置还包括:接收模块;The apparatus according to any one of claims 20 to 25, characterized in that, when it is detected that SL transmission and DL transmission overlap in the time domain, the apparatus further comprises: a receiving module; 所述传输处理装置与所述网络设备之间的Uu链路满足预设条件,所述发送模块还用于向第二终端设备发送业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述Uu链路的链路质量小于预设值;The Uu link between the transmission processing apparatus and the network device satisfies a preset condition, and the sending module is further configured to send service data to a second terminal device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following : It is detected that a radio link failure RLF has occurred, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the Uu link is less than a preset value; 或者,or, 所述传输处理装置与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行链路满足预设条件,所述接收模块用于接收网络设备发送的业务数据;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生侧行无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述侧行链路的链路质量小于预设值。The side link between the transmission processing apparatus and the second terminal device satisfies a preset condition, and the receiving module is configured to receive service data sent by the network device; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following One: It is detected that the side-line radio link failure RLF has occurred, the upper layer/physical layer indicates that the RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the side-line link is less than the preset value. 根据权利要求26或27所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块还用于:The device according to claim 26 or 27, wherein the processing module is further configured to: SL传输被抢占的次数达到预设次数,则将所述传输处理装置的工作模式从调度模式切换至自主模式,或者,从调度模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。When the number of times the SL transmission is preempted reaches the preset number of times, the working mode of the transmission processing device is switched from the scheduling mode to the autonomous mode, or from the scheduling mode to the combined mode of the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode. 根据权利要求20至25任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,检测到第一SL传输与第二SL传输在时域重叠,则所述处理模块还用于:The apparatus according to any one of claims 20 to 25, wherein the first SL transmission and the second SL transmission are detected to overlap in the time domain, the processing module is further configured to: 第一SL传输对应的第一侧行链路满足预设条件,则进行第二SL传输;其中,所述预设条件包括以下一个或多个:检测到发生侧行无线链路失败RLF,上层/物理层指示发生了RLF,所述第一侧行链路的链路质量小于预设值。The first side link corresponding to the first SL transmission satisfies the preset condition, then the second SL transmission is performed; wherein, the preset condition includes one or more of the following: the occurrence of side uplink radio link failure RLF is detected, and the upper layer /The physical layer indicates that RLF has occurred, and the link quality of the first side uplink is less than a preset value. 根据权利要求20至29任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to any one of claims 20 to 29, wherein the device further comprises: 接收模块,用于接收所述网络设备发送的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息中包括所述网络设备为被抢占了资源的传输配置的重传资源;A receiving module, configured to receive first configuration information sent by the network device, where the first configuration information includes the retransmission resource configured by the network device for the transmission that is preempted by the resource; 所述发送模块还用于根据所述第一配置信息,传输由于时域重叠未发送的数据。The sending module is further configured to transmit data that has not been sent due to time domain overlap according to the first configuration information. 根据权利要求30所述的装置,其特征在于,所述时域重叠是SL传输与UL传输在时域的重叠,所述第一配置信息还用于指示所述传输处理装置的工作模式从自主模式切换至调度模式,或者从自主模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。The device according to claim 30, wherein the time domain overlap is the overlap of SL transmission and UL transmission in the time domain, and the first configuration information is also used to indicate that the working mode of the transmission processing device is from autonomous The mode is switched to the dispatch mode, or from the autonomous mode to a combined mode of the autonomous mode and the dispatch mode. 根据权利要求30所述的装置,其特征在于,所述时域重叠SL传输与UL传输在时域的重叠,所述接收模块还用于:The apparatus according to claim 30, wherein the time domain overlap SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the receiving module is further configured to: 接收所述网络设备发送的第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示所述传输处理装置的工作模式从自主模式切换至调度模式,或者从自主模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。Receive second configuration information sent by the network device, where the second configuration information is used to instruct the working mode of the transmission processing device to switch from the autonomous mode to the scheduling mode, or from the autonomous mode to a combination of the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode mode. 一种传输处理装置,其特征在于,包括:A transmission processing device, characterized in that it comprises: 接收模块,用于接收第一终端设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备进行数据传输时发生了时域重叠、被抢占资源的传输类型以及重传资源大小中的一个或多个;The receiving module is configured to receive indication information sent by the first terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate that time domain overlap occurs when the first terminal device performs data transmission, the transmission type of the preempted resource, and the size of the retransmission resource One or more of 处理模块,用于根据所述指示信息,为被抢占资源的传输配置重传资源;A processing module, configured to configure retransmission resources for the transmission of preempted resources according to the instruction information; 发送模块,用于向所述第一终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括所述重传资源。The sending module is configured to send first configuration information to the first terminal device, where the first configuration information includes the retransmission resource. 根据权利要求33所述的装置,其特征在于,所述时域重叠包括:SL传输与SL传输之间在时域重叠,或者,SL传输与上行链路UL传输之间在时域重叠,或者,SL传输与下行链路DL传输在时域重叠。The apparatus according to claim 33, wherein the time domain overlap comprises: SL transmission and SL transmission overlap in time domain, or SL transmission and uplink UL transmission overlap in time domain, or , SL transmission and downlink DL transmission overlap in the time domain. 根据权利要求33或34所述的装置,其特征在于,所述接收模块具体用于:The device according to claim 33 or 34, wherein the receiving module is specifically configured to: 接收所述第一终端设备发送的MAC PDU,所述MAC PDU包括:所述指示信息,或者,包含所述指示信息的MAC CE;Receiving a MAC PDU sent by the first terminal device, where the MAC PDU includes: the indication information, or a MAC CE including the indication information; 或者,or, 接收所述第一终端设备发送的RRC消息,所述RRC消息包括所述指示信息;Receiving an RRC message sent by the first terminal device, where the RRC message includes the indication information; 或者,or, 接收所述第一终端设备发送的调度请求SR,所述SR包括所述指示信息;Receiving a scheduling request SR sent by the first terminal device, where the SR includes the indication information; 或者,or, 接收所述第一终端设备发送的非确认NACK消息,所述NACK消息用于指示所述指示信息,所述NACK消息包括第一NACK消息和/或第二NACK消息,所述第一NACK消息是反馈SL传输的消息,所述第二NACK消息是反馈UL传输的消息。Receiving a non-acknowledged NACK message sent by the first terminal device, where the NACK message is used to indicate the indication information, the NACK message includes a first NACK message and/or a second NACK message, and the first NACK message is The message transmitted by the SL is fed back, and the second NACK message is a message transmitted by the UL feedback. 根据权利要求33或34所述的装置,其特征在于,所述时域重叠为SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,且所述第一终端设备执行了UL传输,所述接收模块具体用于:The apparatus according to claim 33 or 34, wherein the time domain overlap is that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the first terminal device performs UL transmission, and the receiving module is specifically configured to : 接收所述第一终端设备发送的MAC PDU,所述MAC PDU为抢占了资源的所述UL传输的数据包,所述MAC PDU中携带所述指示信息或者所述MAC PDU用于指示所述指示信息。Receive a MAC PDU sent by the first terminal device, where the MAC PDU is a data packet transmitted by the UL that has preempted resources, and the MAC PDU carries the indication information or the MAC PDU is used to indicate the indication information. 根据权利要求33至36任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述时域重叠为SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,所述第一配置信息还用于指示所述第一终端设备的工作模式从自主模式切换至调度模式,或者从自主模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。The apparatus according to any one of claims 33 to 36, wherein the time domain overlap is that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the first configuration information is further used to instruct the first terminal device The working mode is switched from autonomous mode to dispatch mode, or from autonomous mode to a combination of autonomous mode and dispatch mode. 根据权利要求33至36任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述时域重叠为SL传输与UL传输在时域重叠,所述发送模块还用于:The apparatus according to any one of claims 33 to 36, wherein the time domain overlap is that SL transmission and UL transmission overlap in the time domain, and the sending module is further configured to: 向所述第一终端设备发送第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的工作模式从自主模式切换至调度模式,或者从自主模式切换至自主模式和调度模式的组合模式。Send second configuration information to the first terminal device, where the second configuration information is used to instruct the working mode of the first terminal device to switch from the autonomous mode to the scheduling mode, or from the autonomous mode to the autonomous mode and the scheduling mode The combination mode. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,包括:发送器、存储器和处理器;所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序实现权利要求1至13任一项所述的传输处理方法。A terminal device, comprising: a transmitter, a memory, and a processor; the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor executes the computer program to realize the transmission according to any one of claims 1 to 13 Approach. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:接收器、发送器、存储器和处理器;所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序实现权利要求14至19任一项所述的传输处理方法。A network device, characterized by comprising: a receiver, a transmitter, a memory, and a processor; the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor executes the computer program to implement any one of claims 14 to 19 The transmission processing method described. 一种存储介质,其特征在于,所述存储介质用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于实现权利要求1至13任一项提供的传输处理方法。A storage medium, characterized in that the storage medium is used to store a computer program, and the computer program is used to implement the transmission processing method provided by any one of claims 1 to 13. 一种存储介质,其特征在于,所述存储介质用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序用于实现权利要求14至19任一项提供的传输处理方法。A storage medium, characterized in that the storage medium is used to store a computer program, and the computer program is used to implement the transmission processing method provided in any one of claims 14 to 19. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序产品在用户设备上运行时,使得所述用户设备执行如权利要求1至13任一项提供的传输处理方法。A computer program product, characterized in that, when the computer program product runs on a user equipment, the user equipment is caused to execute the transmission processing method provided in any one of claims 1 to 13. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序产品在网络设备上运行时,使得所述网络设备执行如权利要求14至19任一项提供的传输处理方法。A computer program product, characterized in that, when the computer program product runs on a network device, the network device is caused to execute the transmission processing method provided in any one of claims 14 to 19. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括:权利要求39所述的终端设备以及权利要求40所述的网络设备。A communication system, characterized by comprising: the terminal device according to claim 39 and the network device according to claim 40.
PCT/CN2019/112041 2019-10-18 2019-10-18 Transmission processing method and apparatus, device, and storage medium Ceased WO2021072779A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201980100588.9A CN114424483B (en) 2019-10-18 2019-10-18 Transmission processing methods, devices, equipment and storage media
PCT/CN2019/112041 WO2021072779A1 (en) 2019-10-18 2019-10-18 Transmission processing method and apparatus, device, and storage medium

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/112041 WO2021072779A1 (en) 2019-10-18 2019-10-18 Transmission processing method and apparatus, device, and storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021072779A1 true WO2021072779A1 (en) 2021-04-22

Family

ID=75538182

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/112041 Ceased WO2021072779A1 (en) 2019-10-18 2019-10-18 Transmission processing method and apparatus, device, and storage medium

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114424483B (en)
WO (1) WO2021072779A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023123073A1 (en) * 2021-12-29 2023-07-06 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2024197540A1 (en) * 2023-03-27 2024-10-03 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Indication method and apparatus, device, and storage medium

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20250374323A1 (en) * 2022-06-28 2025-12-04 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Indication method and apparatus, and device and storage medium
EP4641961A1 (en) * 2022-12-20 2025-10-29 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Feedback method and apparatus, and device and storage medium
WO2025129389A1 (en) * 2023-12-18 2025-06-26 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Sl prs retransmission method and apparatus, device, and storage medium

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109155726A (en) * 2018-03-09 2019-01-04 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Information transmission method, device, system and storage medium
US20190254088A1 (en) * 2018-02-13 2019-08-15 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for transmitting or receiving data and control information in wireless communication system

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017171528A1 (en) * 2016-04-01 2017-10-05 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for v2x communication performed by means of terminal in wireless communication system and terminal using same
EP3565346B1 (en) * 2017-04-18 2021-09-22 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method and device for data transmission
CN109963335B (en) * 2017-12-23 2022-12-02 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN109996341B (en) * 2017-12-29 2023-03-24 华为技术有限公司 Transmission method of control information

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190254088A1 (en) * 2018-02-13 2019-08-15 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for transmitting or receiving data and control information in wireless communication system
CN109155726A (en) * 2018-03-09 2019-01-04 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Information transmission method, device, system and storage medium

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
LG ELECTRONICS: "Remaining issues on pre-emption indication for downlink", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1717970 REMAINING ISSUES ON PREEMPTION INDICATION FOR DL_VF, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Prague, CZ; 20171009 - 20171013, 8 October 2017 (2017-10-08), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051341154 *
SPREADTRUM COMMUNICATIONS: "Consideration on monitoring preemption indication in bandwidth parts", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1715517 CONSIDERATION ON MONITORING PREEMPTION INDICATION IN BWPS_FINAL, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Nagoya, Japan; 20170918 - 20170921, 17 September 2017 (2017-09-17), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051338984 *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023123073A1 (en) * 2021-12-29 2023-07-06 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2024197540A1 (en) * 2023-03-27 2024-10-03 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Indication method and apparatus, device, and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114424483A (en) 2022-04-29
CN114424483B (en) 2023-12-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11224051B2 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
JP6952710B2 (en) Improved mechanism for QoS implementation in vehicle communications
CN114424483B (en) Transmission processing methods, devices, equipment and storage media
CN108886781B9 (en) Uu-based vehicle-to-vehicle communication scheduling method and system
CN111756495B (en) A hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ feedback control method and related equipment
JP4675167B2 (en) Channel allocation method, radio communication system, base station apparatus, user terminal
WO2021089020A1 (en) Sidelink channel status information report transmitting method, apparatus, and system
CN115734202A (en) Sidelink communication method and device
JP2019509665A (en) Efficient and periodic scheduling for wireless communication
WO2018028269A1 (en) Resource scheduling method and device
US20220217749A1 (en) Sidelink configuration method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
US12150162B2 (en) Resource allocation in wireless network
JP2023526459A (en) Enhanced buffer status reporting
WO2019157918A1 (en) Data packet transmission and resource allocation method and device, data transmission method, and terminal
WO2020114237A1 (en) Data transmission method and communication apparatus
CN116017362A (en) Data transmission method, sending terminal and network side equipment of Internet of vehicles
CN107113821A (en) The method and apparatus of transmitting uplink data
WO2022021412A1 (en) Cg configuration method and apparatus, and device and medium
CN118890131A (en) Side chain feedback transmission method and base station
US20230209554A1 (en) User equipment and base station
CN107432025A (en) Scheduling in cellular network
WO2021028051A1 (en) Methods, apparatus, and computer programs
JP4772895B2 (en) Channel assignment method
CN115066874A (en) Data transmission method, device, terminal equipment and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19949200

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19949200

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1